Home

User Manual - Artisan Technology Group

1. Tl Test File Info S01 File data 1022 00 004 sum S02 Start Time 9 13 00 5 00 2 PM S03 End Time 9 13 00 5 00 6 PM S04 Test Time 0d 00 00 04 S05 Description mu Tl Cumulative Measurements T2 Param ES C01 LOS 0 C02 LOF 0 C03 OOF 0 C04 TIM 0 C05 AIS 0 C06 RDI 0 T2 Param ES COUNT RATIO C07 B1 0 0 0 00 C08 FAS 0 0 0 00 C09 B2 0 0 0 00 C10 REI 0 0 0 00 T2 Param ES Cll TIM P 0 C12 AIS P 0 C13 RDI P 0 C14 LSS 0 C15 PLM 0 T2 Param ES COUNT RATIO C18 B3 0 0 0 00 C19 REI P 0 0 0 00 C20 TSE 0 0 0 00 Tl Sonet GR 253 Analysis Section T2 Param Count Ratio A101 EB 0 0 00 A102 BBE 0 0 00 A103 ES 0 0 00 A104 SES 0 0 00 A105 ESA 0 0 00 A106 ESB 0 0 00 T2 Param Count A107 CSES 0 T2 Param Count Ratio A108 UAS 0 0 00 Tl Sonet GR 253 Analysis Line Near end Far end T2 Param Count Ratio Count Ratio A201 EB 0 0 00 0 0 00 OTS9300 User Manual 2 79 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface A202 BBE 0 0 00 0 0 00 A203 ES 0 0 00 0 0 00 A204 SES 0 0 00 0 0 00 A205 ESA 0 0 00 0 0 00 A206 ESB 0 0 00 0 0 00 T
2. i H Alas m pe Ija On orfan Lasers on I At o fan Tests ae Setup OTS93T1 2 5 Gb s Transmitter 1 F Setup LED Displey an gt Signal Transport Overhead Path Overhead Error Insertion K1 K2 Decode DCC Orderwire iad Signal Standard OTS91R1 10 Gb s BANEN Signal Present ReH Signal Rate 2 488 Gb s g aos LOF E Signal Source internal gt a SEF OTSS1R2 10 Gb s Timing Source Internal gt Q E Q gt Trigger Output L M Anomaly J Defect x o o DEAG Active Channel s Q Signal Structure STS 48c gt ro J o Test Pattern PRES 2 23 1 Inverted ITU 0 151 O OTSS1T2 10 Gb s Tue 1 Active Channel fi 4 Set Channel oO z e od SPE C3 Stuff Column Control Oo OTS93A1 2 5 Gb s o Receiver 1 H r Background Channels O n Signal Structure STS 48c Q OTS93T1 2 5 Gb s Bit Error Transmitter 1 Test Pattern PRBS 2 23 Inverted ITU 0 151 z z SPE V Ca Stuff Column Control p Signal Monitor Laser Error Test For Help press F1 ee Inactive Of Figure 2 10 Transmitter Setup Signal menu Signal Standard Signal Standard selects the operating mode of the transmitter There are three available operating modes SONET SDH and BERT To select either SONET or SDH mode click on the pull down menu and select the desired operating mode The operating mode may also be selected via the menu bar Click on System Sign
3. Measurement Results LOS LOF SEF TIM S AIS L RDI L J 0 Eror Errored Seconds Error Counts Error Ratios Fas J 0 OJ 0 00e 000 B1 J 0 J 0 0 00e 000 B2 J Of OJ 0 00e 000 REIL J Of OJ 0 00e 000 Figure 2 65 Cumulative Results screen of the ResultsViewer OTS9300 User Manual 2 77 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Selecting and arranging windows The Window menu in the ResultsViewer contains the usual commands to close cascade tile and otherwise arrange windows It also contains a list of windows for all open files and this list provides direct access to any window Printing results data All Print controls are located under the File menu The Print Setup option allows selecting a printer even when no files are open Print Results prints a report displaying all the parameters of the Cumulative Data and Analysis pages Print History Graphics prints a page showing the same information as is displayed on the active window s history tab Configuring ResultsViewer To configure the Results Viewer click View and select Options An Options dialog box will appear in which the user may change the following options SONET or SDH conventions for parameter names Option to have Results Viewer automatically connect to an OTS system on start up Option to have Results Viewer display th
4. The LOS Loss of Signal LED indicator can be off red or yellow This indicator will turn red when the receiver detects a Loss of signal condition Once the receiver regains the signal the LOS indicator will turn to yellow and remain yellow until a new test is started the module is powered off or the receiver detects another Loss of signal condition A yellow history indicator signifies that LOS has occurred since the most recent test started but is not currently detected The LOS indicator will turn off when a new test is started DEFECT 2 2 The Defect indicator can be off red or yellow This indicator will turn red when a defect no signal present LOS LOF OOF SEF MS AIS AIS L MS RDI RDI L LOP AIS P or RDI P is detected It will flash red if defects are detected intermittently A yellow history indicator signifies that a Defect has been detected since the most recent test started but is not currently detected The Defect indicator will turn off when a new test is started Tektronix OTS93R1 MODULE os DEFECT ANOMALY Rx EVENT OUT 5092 OPTICAL 155Mb s 2 66Gb s RECEIVED DATA OUT 50Q a O A 1 Vpp AC 5002 DATA IN A vec 155M 2 5G Rx Figure 2 2 Receive Card Front Panel OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics Front Panel Indicat
5. Parameters Description CV_C CV Count CV_R CV Count ratio BBE_C Background block errors BBE_R Background block error ratio ES C Errored seconds ES_R Errored second ratio SES C Severely errored seconds SES _R Severely errored second ratio ESA_C Errored seconds type A ESA_R Errored second type A ratio ESB C Errored seconds type B ESB R Errored second type B ratio CSES_C Consecutive SES periods UAS_C Unavailable seconds UAS_R Unavailable seconds error ratio SEFS_C Severely errored framing seconds SEFS_R Severely errored framing second ratio SENSe ANALysis GR253A SECTion ALL This query returns the values of all of the Section parameters from GR 253 analysis of received data The parameters are returned in the order in which they are listed under SENSe ANALysis GR253A SECTion Ratios are returned as NR3 values other parameters as NR1 values lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis GR253A SECTion ALL OTS9300 User Manual 3 25 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation
6. 0 0 000 Bit Error Clear History For Help press F1 mativa etia ai Figure 2 56 Analysis menu SONET T1M1 Section Line 2 60 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface g System view Device Window Help E u Ala Bt A on omfan Lasers z IR b gt Oo g fan Tests gt oo rji m z EF Analysis OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s Receiver 1 LED Display jar SONET TIM1 SDH G 826 5 Test Control J oo OTS91R1 10 Gb s Rx 1 J o0 0TS91R2 10 Gb s Rx 1 OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s Receiver 1 APS Meas For Help press F1 Signal Present Test Complete Elapsed Time 00 00 00 rAnalysis Results C Section Line Path Path Near End Far End Count Ratio Count Ratio s Of ooo f of o es Of oo fof on ses 0 0000 0 __0000 ces rs esa Of oon fof oa ess 0 000 of 0000 Q Los LOF SEF 0000800000 0000 0000 Bit Error Ei 3 Test Laser ae MERT OFF Figure 2 57 Analysis menu SONET T1M1 Path The error count and the error ratio are both displayed when applicable The results are broken down separately into Section Line and Path results Each item of the analysis results is briefly described as follows CV Code Violations are counted per ITU T G 826 and GR 253 CORE specifications BBE Backg
7. A rtisan Artisan Technology Group is your source for quality TecmoogyGroup new and certified used pre owned equipment FAST SHIPPING AND SERVICE CENTER REPAIRS WE BUY USED EQUIPMENT DELIVERY Experienced engineers and technicians on staff Sell your excess underutilized and idle used equipment TENS OF THOUSANDS OF at our full service in house repair center We also offer credit for buy backs and trade ins IN STOCK ITEMS www artisantg com WeBuyEquipment 7 EQUIPMENT DEMOS HUNDREDS OF InstraV ea REMOTE INSPECTION LOOKING FOR MORE INFORMATION MANUFACTURERS Remotely inspect equipment before purchasing with Visit us on the web at www artisantg com 7 for more our interactive website at www instraview com information on price quotations drivers technical LEASING MONTHLY specifications manuals and documentation RENTALS ITAR CERTIFIED D a gaa tia Contact us 888 88 SOURCE sales artisantg com www artisantg com User Manual Tektronix Pi OTS Optical Test System Multi rate 155Mb s to 2 5Gb s SONET SDH DWDM module 071 1044 00 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Copyright Tektronix Inc 2001 All rights reserved Licensed software products are owned by Tektronix or its suppliers and are protected by United States copyright laws and international treaty provisions Tektronix products are covered by U S and foreign patents is
8. Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe ANALysis OVERhead PRBS ENABle This command enables or disables the overhead PRBS error measurement of the received signal The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis OVERhead PRBS ENABle SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis OVERhead PRBS ENABle lt Boolean gt SENSe ANALysis PATH HPPLM This command enables or disables the inclusion of Path Label Mismatch errors in the analysis of received signals The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis PATH HPPLM SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis PATH HPPLM lt Boolean gt SENSe ANALysis PATH HPPLM GENEric This command enables or disables generic equipment evaluation in the det
9. SCPI Output The SCPI Output option is provided for use in programming remote commands To activate click on the View menu and select SCPI Output A dialog box as shown in Figure 2 63 is displayed which provides an echo for all commands performed via the user interface The commands are shown in SCPI format and may be copied from the dialog box into a text document OTS9000 Equivalent SCPI Remote Commands x V Show Line Numbers Large gt gt i V Always on Top 2 Figure 2 63 View SCPI Output dialog box NOTE If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 cards all shared remote commands must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Multiple Windows The user interface provides single window viewing and multiple window viewing To view a single window at a time select Single Window Mode under the Window menu When the single window mode is active only a single window may be viewed the other selections under the Window menu are grayed out and the Window Control Bar is grayed out If the single window mode is not checked then multi window mode is available The multi window mode allows the user to open more than one screen at a time The Window Control Bar and the Window menu options are active while the interface is in multi window mode The Window Control bar provides the
10. 3 8V Voh 2 1 7V Pulse width nominal 25ns pulse except 100ns when OC 3 STM 1 Frequency 8KHz Description Provides an output for monitoring purposes OTS9300 User Manual A 9 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Specifications A 10 Tx Event OUT Connector SMA External Termination 50Q DC coupled Voltage Output LOW 0 8V Vol 2 0 0V Voltage Output HIGH 3 8V Voh 2 1 7V Pulse Width 25 ns nominal except 100ns when OC 3 STM 1 Description User specified to be asserted active HIGH for each generated Defect or Anomaly Data OUT Connector SMA External Termination 50Q AC coupled Voltage Level 800mV 200 mV Frequency all supported data rates Description Provides an electrical copy of Optical OUT signal information will be identical on both outputs External 2 5G Clock IN Connector SMA Internal Termination 50Q AC coupled Voltage Level 0 8 Vpp 0 2Vpp Frequency SONET SDH 2 488GHz 100ppm Unframed 2 666GHz 100ppm Description Provides a means to apply a jittered clock OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Specifications DCC Data Communications Channel Connector 15 pin micro D connector Internal Termination 100Q DC coupled Available bytes Section D1 D3 SDCC Line D4 D12 LDCC User selected bytes F1 F2 F3 El or
11. ALOP condition exists when ten consecutive pointer errors are received B3 The B3 indicator activates when Path parity errors have been detected AU AIS AIS P The Path AIS indicator activates when the pointer is set to hex 3FF for five consecutive frames HP REI REI P The Path REI indicator activates when bits 1 4 of G1 are decimal values between one and eight HP RDI RDI P The RDI indicator activates when bits 5 6 and 7 of the K3 byte have been a binary 1xx respectively HP TIM TIM P The TIM indicator activates when a J1 trace is received that does not match the expected trace The trace setup is explained later in this section HP UNEQ UNEQ P The unequipped path indicator activates when C2 equals zero HP PLM PLM P The Path Label Mismatch occurs when the received C2 does not match the expected C2 LSS The Loss of Sequence indicator activates if BER is greater than or equal to 0 20 during an interval of one second or if the test sequence and reference sequence are out of phase TSE Bit Error The Test Sequence Error indicator activates when a bit error occurs in the payload 2 10 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface LED Display Selection The indicators displayed in the LED window may also be selected by using the pull down menu to sel
12. M1 Byte The M1 byte in the Transport Overhead affects the REI L or MS REI error This byte is located in the third STS 3c frame To set this bit highlight the box and enter the new value Click Apply to make the change Injecting a REI L or MS REI error can also set the M1 byte NOTE If REI L or MS REI is currently set the change to the M1 edit will not take effect JO Multi Byte Trace JO Trace provides a capability to uniquely identify each of the multiple channels being carried in a Dense Wave Division Multiplexer DWDM system providing an end to end continuity check Since only the SONET framing byte plus JO are in the unscrambled overhead of the SONET signal it is possible to extract for display the JO trace to confirm channel ID The OTS9300 has the ability to generate unique JO traces This allows test signals to be easily identified or to simulate network element generated traffic without the Trace Identifier Mismatch TIM alarm being generated The OTS9300 capability to display the received JO trace allows users to verify continuity and correct routing of individual channels within the multi channel DWDM system To edit click on the Edit JO Trace button A dialog box is displayed as shown in Figure 2 14 reflecting the current settings of the JO Trace Click the appropriate radio button to choose between No Trace 16 Byte Trace and 64 Byte Trace To input a Trace Value click in the Trace Value box and start typing Wh
13. Ox0A CR Carriage return CR character 0xOD CRLF CR followed by LF LFCR LF followed by CR SYSTem CONFig MODule SERIAL This query accepts a module slot number between 1 and 16 and returns a string identifying the Tektronix module card serial number as a quoted string Syntax SYSTem CONFig MODule SERIAL lt NR1 gt SYSTem CONFig MODule TY PE This query accepts a module slot number between 1 and 16 and returns a string identifying the Tektronix module in the specified slot If the slot specified does not contain an OTS 9000 system module this query returns the string Non Tek device or empty slot Syntax SYSTem CONFig MODule TYPE lt NR1 gt SYSTem CONFig MODule VARIANT This query accepts a module slot number between 1 and 16 and returns the module variant as a decimal number or 0 if there is no variant information Variant is the module sub type for example the Optics card may be a Transceiver Transmit only or Receive only version Syntax SYSTem CONFig MODule VARIANT lt NR1 gt 3 94 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SYSTem CONFig MODule VERSion This query accepts a module slot number between 1 and 16 and returns the version information associated with the Tektronix module in the specified slot The string returned has the format Mnn nn Unn n
14. Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface System View A system view is available by clicking View and selecting System View This view as shown in Figure 2 62 represents all modules currently installed in the OTS system The System View reflects the name of each module card and its slot position This feature is provided as a reference for proper module installation and connections for multiple modules The screen may also be reached by pressing CTRL Y on the keyboard System view Device window Help E Alar GB A on orfan Lasers z Ar gt m m Blautests System View ui LED Display al 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 10 1 12 13 14 15 16 OTS91 OTS91 OTS91 OTS91 OTS91 OTS91 None CPU CPU None None None None None OTS93 OTS93 o Liat RIRI TIAI cat T2 1 R2 1 1 OTSSIA1 10 Gb s Signal Present Ra tl O os LOF oo SEF OTSS1R2 10 Gb s O Re 1 O g gt oO uP o0 oO OTS9IT1 10 Gb s O Tx 1 O z 2 oo Q OTS91T2 10 Gb s Tx 1 Q Q g Dar D o_O OTS93A1 2 5 Gb s z Receiver 1 Q Q O OTS93T1 2 5 Gb s BitEnor Transmitter 1 Bs For Help press F1 Teeceies Inactive s Figure 2 62 System View 2 72 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface
15. Remote Commands Command Description SENSe ANALysis G826A MS FAR This query returns the value of the specified Far End Multiplexor Section parameter from G 826 analysis of received data Ratios are returned as NR3 values other parameters as NR1 values lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis G826A MS FAR lt Enum gt Parameter Description ETIME Elapsed time EB C Errored blocks EB_R Errored block ratio BBE_C Background block errors BBE_R Background block error ratio EFS C Error free seconds EFS R Error free seconds ratio ES _C Errored seconds ES_R Errored second ratio SES C Severely errored seconds SES _R Severely errored second ratio CSES_C Consecutive SES periods UAS_C Unavailable seconds UAS_R Unavailable seconds error ratio SENSe ANALysis G826A MS FAR ALL This query returns the values of all of the Far End Multiplexor Section parameters from G 826 analysis of received data The parameters are returned in the order in which they are listed under SENSe ANALysis G826A
16. State Time Test Control OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s Receiver 1 Complete Os r Test Control Mode Continuous Edit Test Control Settings Description Figure 2 42 Test Control Menu xi Signal Present g Los LOF SEF 0000000000000000 000 Bit Error ele eee The Current Test section describes the state of the current test and the time of the current test The Test Control section provides the current test mode and provides an edit box for the user to include a description of the current test To edit the test control settings click on the Edit Test Control Settings button The Test Control Parameters dialog box shown in Figure 2 43 is now displayed 2 48 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation OTS9300 User Manual Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface The Test Mode section enables the user to set continuous timed or timed repetitive tests The Continuous setting configures the test cycle so that it will run continuously from the time that the Start button is clicked until the Stop button is clicked The Timed setting configures the test cycle to run the test for the duration of the test time The Timed Repetitive setting configures the test cycle to run the test for the duration of the test time and then to repeat the same test again To choose the Test Mode click the appropriate radio button Edit Test C
17. This ability is useful during Q factor analysis and accelerated BER testing To edit click the Edit Rx Threshold Offset button which then displays the Receiver threshold offset dialog box as shown in Figure 2 30 OTS9300 User Manual 2 35 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface 2 36 Receiver Threshold Offset x m Current Value 0 Available Range 200 to 200 0 Cancel Figure 2 30 Receiver Threshold Offset dialog box The current value of the receiver threshold offset is displayed in the upper left hand corner under the Current Value heading The available range is shown on the right under the Available Range heading To change the threshold offset click and drag the slide bar or type in the new value in the text box on the right When the new value is selected click Apply The Current Value should change to match the new value NOTE The new value will not take affect until Apply is clicked If the dialog is closed and Apply is not clicked the Current Value will not change OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Receiver Setup Trace Mismatch The trace mismatch menu of the Receiver setup as shown in Figure 2 31 provides the setup information
18. This command waits for pending OTS9000 operations to finish before returning Syntax WAI 3 100 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Appendices Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com rtisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Specifications This section begins with a brief description of the OTS9300 module Following the description the section contains a complete listing of the instrument specification The organization of this section is as follows e System Specifications e Transmitter Tx Specifications e Receiver Rx Specifications e Certifications and Compliance Environmental Specifications Temperature Ranges Operating Temperature 0 to 40 Celsius with relative humidity lt 90 non condensing Non Operating Temperature 20 to 60 Celsius with relative humidity lt 90 non condensing Dimensions The dimensions of all module cards are 6u 233 35 mm x 160 mm 9 19 inches x 6 3 inches form factor with 4hp 20 32 mm 0 8 inches front panel Weight Transmit module card 4 0 lb Receiver module card 4 0 lb OTS9300 User Manual A 1 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Specifications Power A 2 Transmit module 5V
19. To change the setting click the radio button for Symbolic or Hex hexadecimal Type in the text box by the Hex heading to input a new value or click on the Symbolic button and click on the pull down menu The values available from the pull down menu are o 00 Unequipped o 01 Equipped Nonspecific o 02 VT Structured STS 1 SPE o 03 Locked VT Mode o 04 Asynchronous Mapping for DS3 o 12 Asynchronous Mapping for DS4NA o 13 Mapping for ATM o 14 Mapping for DQDB o 15 Asynchronous Mapping for FDDI o 16 HDLC Over SONET Mapping o FE 0 181 Test Signal TSS1 to TSS3 Mapping o FF Reserved HPPLM and HP Unequipped Detection The High Path Label Mismatch detects errors on the C2 byte If the Disable HPPLM Analysis box is checked the other two selections are not available and the receiver does not measure HPPLM errors If the box is not checked the options to detect any mismatch or detect any mismatch but 01 are available Upon the selection of either option the receiver will measure the HPPLM errors and provide analysis and measurement date within those menus For the HP Unequipped Detection section if the box is checked the Unequipped High Path is analyzed Ifthe Detect LSS under HP UNEQ is checked the Unequipped High Path is monitored for LSS errors OTS9300 User Manual 2 39 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Inter
20. VALUE Pointer value SIZE Pointer size Bits 5 and 6 in H1 byte INC Pointer increment count DEC Pointer decrement count NDF New data flag count DIS Discontinuous pointer change count A discontinuous pointer change occurs when a new pointer value is received for three consecutive frames ICHANGE Illegal pointer change count IVALUE Illegal pointer value count INDF Illegal new data flag count OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe MEASure POINter WINDow ALL This query returns the values of all of the parameters of the SENSe MEASure POINter WINDow query The parameters are returned in the order in which they are listed under lt SENSe MEASure POINter WINDow values are returned in NR1 format lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device Syntax SENSe lt slot gt MEASure POINter WINDow ALL SENSe MEASure SECTion CUMUlative This query returns the value of the specified result parameter for the most recent test lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If t
21. lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device Syntax SENSe lt slot gt MEASure OVERhead PRBS ERROR ALL OTS9300 User Manual 3 45 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe MEASure PATH CUMUlative This query returns the value of the specified result parameter for the most recent test Ratios are returned in NR3 format other values are returned in NR1 format lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt MEASure PATH CUMUlative lt Enum gt Parameters Description B3 C B3 errors B3_ES B3 errored seconds B3_ER B3 error ratio REI_C Path REI errors REI_ES Path REI errored seconds REI_ER Path REI error ratio AIS_ES Path AIS errored seconds RDI_ES Path RDI errored seconds PLM_ES Path Label Mismatch errored seconds UNEQ_ES
22. 16 Bytes Edit JO Trace D oO OTS93T1 2 5 Gb s r Synchronization Status 51 Bit Error Transmitter 1 po Edit 51 ETU Synchronized Traceability Unknown Ez Test Control APS Meas Error Test Laser For Help press F1 ER ive Inactive OFF Figure 2 11 Transmitter Transport Overhead menu Edit Overhead To edit the overhead click the Edit Overhead button This brings up a dialog box shown in Figure 2 12 The dialog box displays some of the overhead bytes in white and some grayed out The grayed out bytes are not available for editing To edit all other bytes highlight the appropriate box and type in the new value To set the overhead back to its default state click the Restore Defaults button When editing is complete click OK to return to the main screen OTS9300 User Manual 2 17 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Overhead for STS 1 1 x Al Zz peor 0 ka B1 H E1 foo Fi foo bi fo p2 fo D3 foo f m m e Pow m Unavailable re K foo K2 foo F y m n un a i Available D7 foo D8 o Dg foo pio 00 pit fo pa foo s foo zz foo ez foo Restore Defaults Cancel Figure 2 12 Edit Overhead dialog box Through Mode When using through mode a number of the overhead bytes may be overwritten as the external signal passes through the module This is done through th
23. 3 3V 5 2V 12V 12V Receive module 5V 3 3V 5 2V 2 5A 1 6A 2 2A 0 03A 0 03A 1 8A 5 8A 11A OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Specifications Transmitter Specifications Clock Source Internally generated clock 155 52MHz 4 6ppm Thru mode clock Derived from clock recovered from received signal External Clock input clock at 2 488GHz Signal Generation Internal Mode This mode requires no external test equipment to generate a valid output Data 2 666 Gb s unframed 2 48832 Gb s SONET SDH unframed 1 24416 Gb s unframed 622 08 Mb s SONET SDH unframed 155 52 Mb s SONET SDH unframed Table A 1 SONET Default Overhead Section Al and A2 are set to hexadecimal F6H and 28H respectively The JO byte is set to the 16 byte string Tektronix BTT The first byte of this string is the CRC B1 contains computed BIP 8 For an STS n n 1 Z0 bytes are numbered from 2 to n decimal All other Section OverHead SOH set to 00H Line For each channel the first H1 is set to 62H and the first H2 is set to OAH For concatenated structures subsequent H1 s are set to 93H and H2 s are set to FFH filling the remaining pointer values for the structure before repeating first H1 H2 H3 s are all set to OOH For an STS n B2 contains n computed BIP 8 All other Line OverHead LOH set to 00H Path B3 conta
24. 8 In the Navigation window click on the Test Control bar and select the OTS93R1 2 5Gb s Rx 1 icon 9 Click the Edit Test Control Settings 10 Click the radio button for Continuous test mode and then click OK to close the dialog box 11 Use the key provided to disable the laser lockout WARNING Always avoid exposure to the laser beam Before enabling ensure that all laser outputs are either covered with the screw cap provided or connected to the appropriate circuit 1 6 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 21 22 23 24 25 26 Getting Started On the Laser Control bar select the OTS93T1 2 5Gb s Tx 1 laser and click On On the Optics module card front panel verify the following the Optical Out LED lights green On the Test Control bar click the start button to begin a test On the front panel of the Receive module card verify that the LOS DEFECT and ANOMALY LEDs are all off Verify that the Status window has no lit error indicators except the green Signal Present indicator In the Navigation window click the Setup bar and select the OTS93T1 2 5Gb s Tx 1 icon Select the Error Insertion tab Under Anomaly Insertion Setup click the pull down menu for Type and select B1 BIP Click Apply Anomaly Setup Changes Click Insert Single three times to insert three single errors Verify
25. A605 CSES 0 0 T2 Param Count Ratio Count Ratio A606 UAS 0 0 00 0 0 00 Tl History Data T2 Resolution SampleCount H1 1 4 T2 Time Day Clock LOS LOF OOF TIM AIS RDI BI B2 FAS REI TIM p H2 0 0 17 00 02 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 H2 1 0 17 00 03 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 H2 2 0 17 00 04 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 H2 3 0 17 00 05 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 H3 Pause 00 00 07 H2 4 0 17 00 13 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 OTS9300 User Manual 2 81 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Record type codes 2 82 Each record appears as one line of text If the report options include Record Type Codes the first entry in each record is a code indicating the type of that record Record types are General T1 T2 7 S01 S02 S03 S04 S05 e Cumulative results c01 C02 C03 C04 C05 C06 C07 C08 Cog C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15 C18 C19 C20 Text Section heading Text Column headings Summary report Test file info File name Test start time Test end time Test elapsed time not including pauses Test description text LOS LOF OOF TIM S RS TIM AIS L MS AIS RDI L MS RDI B1 FAS B2 REI L MS REI TIM P HP TIM AIS P HP AIS RDI P HP RDI LSS PLM HPPLM B3 REI P HP REI TSE ES Count Ratio ES Count Ratio ES Count Ratio ES Count
26. Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Transmitter Path Overhead The path overhead menu as shown in Figure 2 16 of the Transmitter setup can be used to pass or change the signal path overhead bytes in the first STS 1 or STM 1 of the frame In addition the J1 Trace and C2 path label may be edited The editing procedure for each is described in more detail in the following sections NOTE Overhead data displays are in hexadecimal format All edits to overhead display must be in hexadecimal format Il System View Device Window Help e es 2 Ala a On of fAllLasers z A e m m fAlTess z r z F Setup OTS93T1 2 5 Gb s Transmitter 1 LED Display m Signal Transport Overhead Path Overhead Error Insertion K1 K2 Decode DCC Orderwire oo m Path Overhead m Through Mode TEER OTS91A1 10 Gb s ek 7 ignal ent Reel J1 F Regenerate B3 Parity Si ics B3 Gyenwrite Incoming i n c2 i F JI Trace OTS91R210 Gb s G1 00 F c2 Fix 1 F2 oo cil Ha 00 i oo 4 OTSS1T1 10 Gb s z3 00 rz Tx 1 ed 24 po F z4 po rz 0759172 10 Gb s F Payload Txt 1 Path Trace J1 m Trace Tektronix BTT OTS93A1 2 5 Gb s Length 16 Bytes Edit J1 Trace Receiver 1 Active Channel C2 Path Label fo Edit C2 Equipped Nonspecific Payload 0000000000 0000 0000 OTS93T1 25 Gb s Tran
27. COM2 as a remote control port The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A ENABle SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A ENABle lt Boolean gt SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A FLOW This command sets the type of flow control used for serial communications on the COM2 serial port When flow control is enabled the receiver signals the sender when its buffer is full so as not to lose characters The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A FLOW SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A FLOW lt Enum gt Parameter Description NONE No flow control is enabled HARDware Flow control uses RS 232 control signals SOF Tware Flow control uses XON and XOFF characters in the data stream OTS9300 User Manual 3 91 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A NDATA This command sets the number of data bits per character on the COM2 serial port The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A NDATA SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A NDATA lt Enum gt Parameters Description N7A Seven bit data N8A Eight bit data SYSTem COM Municate SERIal COM2A NSTOP This command sets the number of stop bits per character on the COM2 serial port The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYS
28. Commands Command Description SENSe ANALysis G826A PATH FAR This query returns the value of the specified Far End Path parameter from G 826 analysis of received data Ratios are returned as NR3 values other parameters as NR1 values lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis G826A PATH FAR lt Enum gt Parameters Description ETIME Elapsed time EBC Errored blocks EB_R Errored block ratio BBE_C Background block errors BBE_R Background block error ratio EFS C Error free seconds EFS R Error free seconds ratio ES _C Errored seconds ES_R Errored second ratio SES _C Severely errored seconds SES _R Severely errored second ratio CSES_C Consecutive SES periods UAS_C Unavailable seconds UAS_R Unavailable seconds error ratio SENSe ANALysis G826A PATH FAR ALL This query returns the values of all of the Far End Path parameters from G 826 analysis of received data The parameters are returned in the order in which they are listed under the heading SENSe ANALysis G826A PATH FAR Ratios ar
29. Description NONE No anomaly is selected B1BIP B1 parity errors B2BIP B2 parity errors B3BIP B3 parity errors REI Line REI errors REI_P Path REI errors PATTern Pattern bit errors RANDom Errors in randomly selected framing overhead and payload bits BIT_SPE Errors in randomly selected SPE SONET or VC SDH bits OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SOURce INSErt ANOMaly STATe This query returns the current state of anomaly insertion lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt INSErt ANOMaly STATe Parameters Description INACT Defect anomaly insertion is inactive SING_INACT One time defect anomaly insertion is inactive SING_DWELL One time defect anomaly insertion is active BRST_INACT Burst defect anomaly insertion is inactive BRST_ACT Burst defect anomaly insertion is active between bursts BRST_DWELL Burst defect anomaly insertion is active CONT_
30. E2 Rate 64 KHz to 576 KHz Interface V 11 X 22 RS 422 compatible Description Provides clock output and accepts data for external data stream to be added to Transport or Path Overhead The transmit DCC clock is supplied by the Transmit card and expects data to be supplied for clocking into the transmitter via the falling edge of the clock See Table A 4 for the connector pin assignments Table A 4 Pin assignments for Transmitter DCC connector Pin number Description 7 Transmit Clock True 14 Transmit Clock Compliment 2 Transmit Data True 9 Transmit Data Compliment 1 Ground 8 Ground OTS9300 User Manual A 11 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Specifications Receiver Input and Output Specifications Optical Input Data Connector FC PC standard ST or SC available Wavelength Range 1250nm to 1600nm Overload 1 dBm at BER lt 3e 11 Sensitivity 24 dBm typical at 3e 11 BER Input Reflectance lt 27 dB Receiver Threshold Adjustment Range User variable Description Primary optical input from device under test Received Data OUT Connector SMA External Termination 50Q AC coupled Voltage Level 800 mv 200 mv Frequency all supported data rates Description Provides an electrical data output derived directly from the Optical IN Rx Event OUT Connector SMA External Termination 50Q DC coupled Voltage Out
31. Figure 2 24 Defect Insertion of the Error Insertion menu Edit Defect xi To change the defect settings click on Edit Defect Insertion Settings The Edit Defect M LOS LOS cannot be combined Insertion Parameters dialog box as shown in SE Leite I LOF I RDI P Figure 2 25 is now displayed I ASL I ERDI P Payload T RDEL J ERDIP Server Check the boxes to select the defects More I AIS P I ERDEP Connectivity than one defect may be selected except for OSER Loss of Signal If LOS is checked all other Ontine fF options are grayed out The Burst Periodic On and Off Times can be Of Te selected using the up down cursor keys or by highlighting the box and entering a new value PRAE E Ai Periodic Repeat determines how many times f 4 Time s the Periodic burst will occur If Always is selected the error status changes to Active OK Cancel Apply NOTE For these changes to take place the Apply Defect Setup Changes button must be Figure 2 25 Edit Defect Insertion clicked Parameters dialog box OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Transmitter K1 K2 Decode The K1 K2 Decode menu as shown in Figure 2 26 of the Transmitter setup allows the user to edit the K1 and K2 bytes for Automatic Protection Switching APS measurements Il System View Device Win
32. GPIB RS 232 and Ethernet LAN controls are located under the menu bar in the System menu Click on the System menu and select Remote Control The Remote Control Settings dialog box is displayed Across the top are tabs for GPIB COM1 COM2 and Telnet as shown in Figures 2 63 2 64 and 2 65 To set up the proper configurations for the type of remote access desired select the appropriate setup information via the pull down menus and boxes provided Remote Control Settings xi GPIB COM 1 COM 2 Telnet Primary Address fi a I Enable Secondary Addressing Sec Address fe Figure 2 63 GPIB Remote Control Settings xi COM 1 COM 2 Telnet 1 Baud Rate 9600 gt Output Terminator ER LF Parity None gt Input Terminator LF Data Bits e a T Prompt for input Stop Bits fi J Echo input Flow Control Hardware gt J Echo input terminator as CRLF V RTS J Buffer input line V DTR Set Defaults Figure 2 56 COM 1 COM 2 Remote Control Settings OTS9300 User Manual 2 67 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Remote Control Settings Figure 2 57 Telnet network Remote Control Settings Select Server The select server dialog box as shown in Figure 2 58 allows the user to select the server when the OTS system is networked If there are no networks available the only selection is Local
33. IV SDH Analysis IV History Data IV Section Headings IV Column Headings MV Row Headings m Field Separator Comma Tab Cancel m History Data Setup m Data to Include IV Elapsed Time I Time of Day Iv Los M LOF V OOF V TIM S IV AIS L V RDI L IV B1 Iv B2 IV FAS IV REIL J Pause Events Time S ample fis m Data Start Beginning Intervals with Zero Data Include C Omit Data End End Figure 2 66 Configure Data Report dialog box OTS9300 User Manual 2 85 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface OTS System Event Printer Application This is an auxiliary application that runs on the OTS system to log receiver events defects and anomalies Events may be printed as they are logged if a printer is attached to the system or the list of logged events may be captured to a file or to the Windows clipboard Starting the Event Printer program The Event Printer is a separate application from the user interface To start Event Printer double click its desktop icon When started the Event Printer main screen is displayed as shown in Figure 2 67 i5i x Logging Off Display Display Print Select Events Copy to Clipboard Copy to File Copy to Printer Clear Figure 2 67 Event Printer m
34. Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SYSTem COMMunicate NETWork ECHO This command sets the initial value of the echo control variable for new network connections This setting has no effect on connections already established see SYSTEM COMMUNICATE PORT ECHO The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate NETWork ECHO SYSTem COMMunicate NETWork ECHO lt NR1 gt Bit value Function 0 1 2 4 Disables echo Enables echo Causes the input terminator character to be echoed as CR LF Enables input line buffering received characters are not processed until the terminating CR or LF SYSTem COMMunicate NETWork IPPORT This command sets the IP port address on which the system listens for new connections Changing the setting has no effect on connections already established The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate NETWork IPPORT SYSTem COMMunicate NETWork IPPORT lt NR1 gt SYSTem COMMunicate NETWork PROMpt This command sets the initial state of the user prompt on new network connections This setting has no effect on connections already established see SYSTEM COMMUNICATE PORT PROMPT The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate NETWork PROMpt 3 84 SYSTem COMMunicate NETWork PROMpt lt Boolean gt OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Tech
35. OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURCce lt Slot gt SIGNal STANdard SOURce lt slot gt SIGNal STANdard lt Enum gt Parameters Description SONET Set module to SONET signal mode SDH Set module to SDH signal mode BERT Set module to BERT SOURce TRIGger MODE This command sets the condition that will produce a trigger output from the transmitter The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt TRIGger MODE SOURce lt slot gt TRIGger MODE lt Enum gt Parameters Description OFF The trigger output is disabled ANOMaly A trigger occurs when an anomaly is generated DEFEct A trigger occurs when a defect is generated AD A trigger occurs when an anomaly or defect is generated SRE 3 82 This command sets the value of the IEEE 488 2 Service Request Enable Register Any bit in the IEEE 488 2 Status Byt
36. Path Label Unequipped errored seconds LSS_ES Loss of Synch errored seconds LOP_ES Loss of Pointer errored seconds J1TIM_ES Path trace mismatch errored seconds PAYL_C Payload errors PAYL_ES Payload errored seconds PAYL_ER Payload error ratio RDIPAY_ES Path RDI Payload errored seconds RDICON_ES Path RDI Connectivity errored seconds RDISRV_ES Path RDI Server errored seconds SENSe MEASure PATH CUMUlative ALL This query returns the values of all of the parameters of the SENSe MEASure PATH CUMUlative query The parameters are returned in the order in which they are listed under the heading lt SENSe MEASure PATH CUMUlative Ratios are returned in NR3 format other values are returned in NR1 format lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt MEASure PATH CUMUlative ALL 3 46 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe MEASure PATH WINDow This query retur
37. Payload Bit Min rate 1 000x10 14 Random Bit REI P HP REI Random Bit Max rate 8 290 x10 4 SPE only Random VC Bit For most anomaly selections only Periodic distribution is available However for Figure 2 23 Edit Anomaly Insertion Payload Bit Random Bit and Random Bit Parameters dialog box SPE Only the Poisson insertion distribution is available To select the Insertion Rate either use the up down arrows or highlight and enter the selected rate Use the Set Max Rate button to choose the maximum rate available for the selected anomaly NOTE For these changes to take place the Apply button must be clicked OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Anomaly Insertion and Through Mode When inserting an anomaly in through mode the user must check the appropriate overwrite box for the anomaly type For example to insert a B1 or B2 error the Regenerate B1 B2 Parity box must be selected or the error will have no effect The list of available anomaly types is dependent upon the overwrite controls enabled Thus if no overwrite controls are selected the anomaly list will be quite short Poisson Distribution For random bit random bit SPE only and payload bit the user has the option to select a Poisson distribution of the errors Since errors do not typically occur in a linear fashion
38. String gt OTS9300 User Manual 3 55 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe TEST MODE This command sets the way the OTS 9000 system runs a test The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt TEST MODE SENSe lt slot gt TEST MODE lt Enum gt Parameters Description CONTinuous The test runs continuously TIMEd The test runs for a preset amount of time REPEtitive The test runs for a preset time and then restarts SENSe TEST STATe This command controls the OTS 9000 system s execution of a test The query form returns the state of a currently executing test lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and
39. a high speed signal generator coupled to electrical and optical outputs It is capable of generating user defined and pseudo random test patterns mapped into a set of sub rate payloads The transmitter supports flexible generation of defects and anomalies at SDH and SONET levels SDH Regenerator Section Multiplex Section and Path SONET Section Line and Path The receiver consists of a multi rate receiver feeding a digital signal analyzer The receiver supports SDH and SONET SDH Regenerator Section Multiplex Section and Path SONET Section Line and Path anomaly and defect detection and accumulation for subsequent software analysis The OTS9300 meets the needs of development manufacturing and service engineers by providing the capabilities for e System interrogation and conformance testing e Manufacturing Production Testing e Network Integrity testing e Network Performance monitoring e Network Troubleshooting OTS9300 User Manual 1 1 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Getting Started OTS9300 Features and Capabilities e 155Mb s to 2 488Gb s SONET Section Line and Path Testing B1 B2 B3 REI L REI P and random bit Error Generation B1 B2 B3 REI L REI P Error Measurement Section Line and Path Alarm Generation JO J1 byte and sequence Capture JO J1 Trace Edit Section Line and Path Alarm Detection Section Line and Path Alarm and Error Gene
40. are returned in NR3 format other values are returned in NR1 format lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt MEASure LINE WINDow ALL SENSe MEASure 0 VERhead PRBS ERROR This query returns the value of the specified result parameter for the most recent test Counts are returned in NR1 format and ratios are returned in PNR3 format lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device Syntax SENSe lt slot gt MEASure OVERhead PRBS ERROR lt Enum gt Parameters Description COUNT Overhead PRBS error count RATIO Overhead PRBS error ratio SENSe MEASure OVERhead PRBS ERROR ALL This query returns the values of all parameters of the SENSe MEASure OVERhead PRBS ERROR query The parameters are returned in the order in which they are listed under SENSe MEASure OVERhead PRBS ERROR Counts are returned in NR1 format and ratios are returned in PNR3 format
41. data block These values may also be set by the SENSe ANALysis PATH TRACe EXPEcted command The query form returns the current values lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis PATH TRACe EXPEcted VALUe SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis PATH TRACe EXPEcted VALUe lt Block gt SENSe ANALysis PATH TRACe EXPEcted VALUe STRIng This command sets the data byte values used by the receiver for path Trace Identifier Mismatch measurements The byte values are formatted as an ASCII string These values may also be set by the SENSe ANALysis PATH TRACe EXPEcted command The query form returns the current values lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error me
42. for products returned to any other locations This warranty shall not apply to any defect failure or damage caused by improper use or improper or inadequate maintenance and care Tektronix shall not be obligated to furnish service under warranty a to repair damage resulting from attempts by personnel other than Tektronix representatives to install repair or service the product b to repair damage resulting from improper user or connection to incompatible equipment or c to service a product that has been modified or integrated with other products when the effect of such modification or integration increases the time or difficulty of servicing the product THIS WARRANTY IS GIVEN BY TEKTRONIX WITH RESPECT TO THIS PRODUCT IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED TEKTRONIX AND ITS VENDORS DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TEKTRONIX RESPONSIBILITY TO REPAIR OR REPLACE DEFECTIVE PRODUCTS IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY PROVIDED TO THE CUSTOMER FOR BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY TEKTRONIX AND ITS VENDORS WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IRRESPECTIVE OF WHETHER TEKTRONIX OR THE VENDOR HAS ADVANCE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com rtisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artis
43. for the J0 J1 Trace C2 Status and PLM P UNEQ P Detection Each of the selections available is described in more detail in the following sections l System View Device Window Help i H MAA lar m A IE On orfan Lasers on I At m fan Tests gt os r a A xf Setup OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s Receiver 1 R Setup LED Display Al z Signal Trace Mismatch DCC Orderwire PE z m J0 Section Trace Mismatch T OTS91R1 10 Gb s Signal Present Rs 1 Q Los Trace Tektronix BTT S LoF oo SEF OTS91R2 10 Gb s Length 16 Bytes Edit Expected J0 Trace O Rx 1 Q m J1 Path Trace Mismatch o Sa orsa mocni V Analyze J1 Trace Mismatch a x Trace frektronix BTT a z Q oTssiT2 A Length 16 Bytes Edit Expected J1 Trace Q Tet Q Path Label Status C2 Q Z Received 83 no ASCII decode defined z Pose as Expected 01 Equipped Nonspecific Payload Edit Expected C2 PLM P Detection UNEG P Detection aD Q OTS93T1 2 5 Gb s Analyze Path Label Mismatch V Analyze UNEQ P Bk Eror Transmitter 1 O 7 Detect any mismatch I Detect LSS during HP UNEQ El E C Detect signal label mismatch per GR 253 Table 6 2 Ei 5 Test Laser For Help press F1 Ea ive Inact ive Of Figure 2 31 Receiver Setup Trace Mismatch menu J0 Multi Byte Trace JO Trace provides a capability to uniquely identify each of the multiple channels being carried in a Dense Wave Divisio
44. gt ANALysis G826A MS NEAR lt Enum gt Parameters Description ETIME Elapsed time EBC Errored blocks EB_R Errored block ratio BBE_C Background block errors BBE_R Background block error ratio EFS C Error free seconds EFS R Error free seconds ratio ES _C Errored seconds ES_R Errored second ratio SES _C Severely errored seconds SES _R Severely errored second ratio CSES_C Consecutive SES periods UAS_C Unavailable seconds UAS_R Unavailable seconds error ratio SENSe ANALysis G826A MS NEAR ALL This query returns the values of all of the Near End Multiplexer Section parameters from G 826 analysis of received data The parameters are returned in the order in which they are listed under SENSe ANALysis G826A MS NEAR Ratios are returned as NR3 values other parameters as NR1 values lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis G826A MS NEAR ALL OTS9300 User Manual 3 17 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote
45. gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis GR253A LINE NEAR ALL 3 22 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe ANALysis GR253A PATH FAR This query returns the value of the specified Far End Path parameter from GR 253 analysis of received data Ratios are returned as NR3 values other parameters as NR1 values lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis GR253A PATH FAR lt Enum gt Parameters Description CV_C CV Count CV_R
46. is firmly seated in the front panel O connector The optical connectors on the front A As panel are keyed If the cable is not inserted into the connector key properly the connection between cable and front panel will not be complete and so will cause errors in transmission and receiver functions 2 Always be sure to clean both cable connectors and front panel connectors before installing optical cables A dirty optical connection can cause errors in transmission and receiver functions 155M 2 5G 155M 2 5G Rx Tx Figure 2 1 OTS9300 Front Panel OTS9300 User Manual 2 1 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics Front Panel Indicators and Connectors Receive The Receive card of the OTS9300 module provides all of the receiver functionality of the OTS9300 multi rate SONET SDH DWDM test module Figure 2 2 shows the Receive card front panel The front panel of the Optics card has optical inputs and outputs a laser lockout feature and some LED monitoring lights Each of these items is described in more detail below Module OK LOS The Module OK LED should be green while the instrument is running On power up the LED first lights red then will switch to green when the system has finished initializing NOTE If the LED remains red after the system has finished initializing call Tektronix for service
47. of the current test lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt TEST TIME ELAPsed SENSe TRIGger MODE This command sets the condition that will produce a trigger output from the OTS 9000 receiver The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt TRIGger MODE SENSe lt slot gt TRIGger MODE lt Enum gt Parameters Description OFF The trigger output is disabled ANOMaly A trigger occurs when an anomaly is received DEFEct A trigger occurs when a defect is received PAYload A trigger occurs when a payload data error is received AD A
48. pattern that is inserted into the selected byte The patterns available match those on the transmitter and include PN9 Inverted PN9 PN11 Inverted PN11 PN15 Inverted PN15 PN20 Inverted PN20 PN23 and Inverted PN23 Click on the Test Pattern pull down menu and select the pattern When the selections on the receiver match those made in the Overhead PRBS menu on the transmitter the Pattern Lock Status changes to LOCKED If the PRBS Test Enable box is checked the errors that occur in the selected byte are counted and the results are displayed in the Results section of the page The Pattern Lock Status must be Locked in order to run the PRBS Test 2 40 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Setup Summary The Setup Summary menu as shown in Figure 2 36 provides a summary of the setup conditions for each Transmitter and Receiver individually Clicking on the Turn Laser OFF buttons will turn the laser off Clicking on the Receiver Setup will display the Receiver Setup menu for the specific Receiver number chosen Clicking on the Transmitter Setup will display the last edited menu tab of the Transmitter Setup menu for the specific Transmitter number chosen l System View Device Window Help le E E A a a a on o AllLasers jae gt m m Al Tests gt OTS91R1 10 Gb s Rx 1 SONET
49. standard PRBS 2415 1 pattern PRBS15l Inverted PRBS 2415 1 pattern PRBS23A ITU standard PRBS 2423 1 pattern PRBS23l Inverted PRBS 2423 1 pattern PRBS31A ITU standard PRBS 2431 1 pattern PRBS311 Inverted PRBS 2431 1 pattern ZEROs Constant zero data ONEs Constant one data USER Constant 8 bit user specified LIVE Live data no comparison is performed OTS9300 User Manual 3 35 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe DATA PAYLoad PATTern UDATA This command selects the fixed test pattern for the received signal The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt DATA PAYLoad PATTern UDATA SENSe lt slot gt DATA PAYLoad PAT Tern UDATA lt NR1 gt SENSe DATA POH ALL This query returns a block of data representing the Path Overhead data from an STS 1 in the received signal lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot
50. table below An optional numeric parameter specifies a time value such that only events that occurred after that time are reported If the time parameter is not present it defaults to zero corresponding to the start of the most recent test lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt STATus LEDS lt NR1 gt Condition String Word and bit value Signal Not Present optical los Parameter 1 bit value 1 hex 1 LOS los Parameter 2 bit value 1 hex 1 LOF lof Parameter 2 bit value 2 hex 2 OOF oof Parameter 2 bit value 4 hex 4 B1 B1 Parameter 2 bit value 8 hex 8 FAS fas Parameter 2 bit value 16 hex 10 RS TIM JO Mismatch j0 tim Parameter 2 bit value 32 hex 20 MS AIS AIS L ais l Parameter 3 bit value 1 hex 1 B2 b2 Parameter 3 bit value 2 hex 2 MS RDI RDI L rdi Parameter 4 bit value 1 hex 1 MS REI REI L rei Parameter 4 bit value 2 hex 2 No conditions set none All parameters 0 hex 0 SENSe STATus LEDS HEXadecimal This query is an alternative form of SENSe STATus LEDS It
51. the Poisson error distribution creates an effectively random error pattern that more closely resembles the erratic events in a real world signal OTS9300 User Manual 2 27 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Defect Insertion 2 28 The Defect Insertion section of the Error Insertion menu as shown in Figure 2 24 provides all controls for inserting defects Unlike anomalies there can be more than one defect selected at a time The Edit Defect button provides controls to select the defect types The Insert Single Burst button inserts a single burst of the selected defects The Start Periodic Insertion button begins inserting bursts of defects using the defined burst criteria displayed in the On Time Off Time and Repeat values The periodic burst values are set via the Edit Defect button The Start Continuous Insertion button triggers the continuous insertion of the selected defects When the Continuous button is clicked the Insertion status changes from Inactive to Active Also the Error status box in the bottom right corner of the screen turns red and the text changes from Error Inactive to Error Active When the continuous insertion is stopped by clicking on the same button the Error status returns to Inactive r Defect Insertion Type s None Insertion Inactive Edit Defect Insertion Settings iser Single Burs
52. the connectors when installing and removing modules from the chassis Back plane connectors with bent pins will cause damage to the both the module card and the chassis 1 4 To install the module cards slowly slide the card into the desired slot Make sure the card is lined up with the connectors and push down on the top release and up on the bottom release until the card snaps into place OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Getting Started D When the module card is in place tighten the two screws to secure it N CAUTION Do not torque the screws with more than 2 in lbs of force or damage will occur 5 Verify that the power switch of the OTS chassis is in the OFF position 6 Plug the unit into the appropriate AC Power source as follows Table 1 4 Power Requirements AC Voltage Voltage Range Frequency Range 110 VAC 90 VAC 132 VAC 48 62 Hz 220 VAC 180 VAC 250 VAC 48 62 Hz Removing Module Cards To remove the module cards perform the following steps CAUTION Before installing or removing module cards secure dust caps onto optical connectors If hanging loose when modules are moved the dust caps can swing damaging the EMI gaskets and potentially shorting to parts behind the front panels All modules are static sensitive When handling module cards ensure that personnel are properly grounded and mod
53. the high order eight bits of each parameter identify the parameter in question and do not represent LED status conditions The optional time parameter specifies the earliest time of interest lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt STATus PATH LEDS NUMEric lt NR1 gt SENSe TEST DESCription This command sets the description text that is written to the results file at the start of a text The text may be up to 127 characters long The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt TEST DESCription SENSe lt slot gt TEST DESCription lt
54. the lockout indicator will be displayed If an operator tries to change a configuration parameter while locked out a warning dialog will be displayed The lockout control dialog box may also be accessed by selecting Server Lockout from the System menu 2 8 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface LED Window Activating the LED window provides the user with a virtual LED status panel for the OTS9300 receiver as shown in Figure 2 7 The virtual indicators found on this window provide error conditions both current and historical for all traditional receiver error LEDs The LED window may be activated through the View menu or from the toggle key on the toolbar xl LED Display an Signal Present Los LOF Each LED has two separate conditions The current condition is on the right and the history or past condition is on the left The current indicators will turn red and the history indicators will turn yellow if an error condition currently exists Once the condition has been removed the red current indicator will turn off The yellow history indicator will remain on until a new test has been started or until the Clear History button is clicked 00000800000 0000 0000000 Bit Error See Table 2 1 for a description of each indicator Module LED Panel e The module LED panel o
55. the operation next time the cleanup process runs The final control in the dialog allows the user to control how frequently the cleanup process runs It is guaranteed that cleanup passes will occur no more frequently than specified here It is possible for the system to defer cleanup for a longer interval as necessary OTS9300 User Manual 2 75 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface ResultsViewer The OTS Results Viewer is a stand alone Windows program that reads the Test Results files from the OTS Test System It provides the following functionality Access to test results files either on the OTS system or on the file system of the computer that is running Results Viewer Display of results data Cumulative Results Analysis and History with the same presentation as the OTS User Interface TekUI Printing of Cumulative Results and Analysis data and export of the same text to an ASCII text file or the Windows clipboard Export of Cumulative Results Analysis and History data in delimited ASCII text form to a file or to the Windows clipboard Printing of History data to a graphical form Copying results files to a directory on the local file system NOTE The results of a test are stored in two files with the same file name but different extensions One has extension sum summary information and one h
56. the receiver for path Trace Identifier Mismatch measurements This parameter may also be set by the SENSe ANALysis PATH TRACe EXPEcted command The query form returns the current setting of this parameter lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis PATH TRACe EXPEcted T YPE SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis PATH TRACe EXPEcted TYPE lt Enum gt Parameters Description L1B Constant 8 bit data L16B A repeating sequence of 16 bytes 0 filled with CRC LI6FREE A repeating sequence of 16 bytes arbitrary format L64B A repeating sequence of 64 bytes space filled with CR LF L64FREE A repeating sequence of 64 bytes arbitrary format 3 28 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe ANALysis PATH TRACe EXPEcted VALUe This command sets the data byte values used by the receiver for path Trace Identifier Mismatch measurements The data bytes are formatted as a standard IEEE 488
57. 1 Mode 0 Idle z Cancel Apply Figure 2 27 Edit K1 K2 Bytes dialog box For K1 type in the channel being set and click on the Request pull down menu to select the new value The values available from the pull down menu are o 0 No Request o 1 Do Not Revert o 2 Reverse Request o 3 Unused o 4 Exercise o 5 Unused o 6 Wait to Restore o 7 Unused o 8 Manual Switch o 9 Unused o 10 Signal Degrade Low Priority o 11 Signal Degrade High Priority o 12 Signal Fail Low Priority o 13 Signal Fail High Priority o 14 Forced Switch o 15 Lockout of Position For K2 type in the bridged channel being set then use the pull down menus to select the architecture and mode The values available from the architecture pull down menu are o O 1 1 o I 1 N 2 30 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface The values available from the mode pull down menu are o o o 0 Idle 1 Bridged 2 Bridged and Switched 3 Not Used Span Ext TR Ring 4 Unidirectional 5 Bidirectional 6 RDI L 7 AIS L OTS9300 User Manual 2 31 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Transmitter DCC Orderwire The DCC Orderwire menu as shown in Figure 2
58. 1 Ec 07 Receiver 1 D8 D3 D9 D4 EF 0A D11 D6 F2 0D 22 pa E2 F5 10 Section Trace J0 Expected frektronix BIT Received ABCDEFGHIJRLMNOPORSTUVUXYZ _ abedefghijklenopqrstuvuxyzt r Synchronization Status 51 Slvalue D8 Reserved Bit Error Clear History 0000000000 0000 0000 Test Control Laser Error Test For Help press F1 vine Inactive Off Figure 2 37 Signal Monitor Transport Overhead The Transport Overhead section displays the overhead for the selected STM 1 STS 3 The information presented on the screen is constantly updated To suspend the update click the Pause Update button The button will change to a Resume Update button and will say PAUSED beside it as shown in Figure 2 38 The display will not be updated again until the Resume Update button is clicked 2 42 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface NOTE Pausing the update only suspends the local display updates the OTS system is still capturing data Transport Overhead Path Overhead K1 K2 Bytes Payload STS 3 Transport Overhead SONET STS 3 fi a Select STS 3 Al po AI fiB Al B6 A2 pm Aazje A2 Br J 2 20fD zofa B1 03 1E 39 E1 4
59. 2 Param Count Count A207 CSES 0 0 T2 Param Count Ratio Count Ratio A208 UAS 0 0 00 0 0 00 Tl Sonet GR 253 Analysis Path Near end Far end T2 Param Count Ratio Count Ratio A501 EB 0 0 00 0 0 00 A502 BBE 0 0 00 0 0 00 A503 ES 0 0 00 0 0 00 A504 SES 0 0 00 0 0 00 A505 ESA 0 0 00 0 0 00 A506 ESB 0 0 00 0 0 00 T2 Param Count Count A507 CSES 0 0 T2 Param Count Ratio Count Ratio A508 UAS 0 0 00 0 0 00 Tl SDH G 826 Analysis Regenerator Section T2 Param Count Ratio A301 EB 0 0 00 A302 BBE 0 0 00 A303 ES 4 1 00 A304 SES 4 1 00 T2 Param Count A305 CSES 1 T2 Param Count Ratio A306 UAS 0 0 00 Tl SDH G 826 Analysis Multiplex Section Near end Far end T2 Param Count Ratio Count Ratio A401 EB 0 0 00 0 0 00 A402 BBE 0 0 00 0 0 00 A403 ES 0 0 00 0 0 00 A404 SES 0 0 00 0 0 00 T2 Param Count Count A405 CSES 0 0 T2 Param Count Ratio Count Ratio A406 UAS 0 0 00 0 0 00 Tl SDH G 826 Analysis Path Near end Far end T2 Param Count Ratio Count Ratio A601 EB 0 0 00 0 0 00 A602 BBE 0 0 00 0 0 00 A603 ES 0 0 00 0 0 00 2 80 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface A604 SES 0 0 00 0 0 00 T2 Param Count Count
60. 2 70 Navigation Mode wilizecrisecs veiiceaesteditceshettecs etter sehiteassh A tte eee 2 70 System VICW 00 eee eect dasan EEE EE EEE EE E EEEE EEEE 2 72 SCPI OUUU siec cc cceteaseathsancnadeegernende nen anddaanieen a a aE aa SA OaE aA aE E A 2 73 Multiple WINDOWS aois ii iniiis a araa aa aaa teed 2 73 Resu FeS coeno a O ea eliee atin eeceee 2 74 Results File Management seessseeessessernsseirneesirnnseennadiannnadanantnnnnnaanaadaannnaaanne 2 74 Results Vieweh i ccccchichinehiini iad ecdeniaisvheineiads ediciones 2 76 Operation ieeeseins cceviad anonn agaa aaea aia aaa aa a a aa ad 2 76 Opening Files on the Local Computer cccseceeceeceeeeeeeeenteeeeeeeeeeees 2 76 Connecting to an OTS System 20 0 0 eeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeetaeeeseenaeeeeeeaas 2 77 Viewing Results Files ccccccececeseteeeeeeeneeeeeseneeeeeenneeeesaeeeeetieeeertieeeer 2 77 Selecting and Arranging WiNdOWS cccceesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeenaeeeeeenaeeeeeas 2 78 Printing Results Data esc c secxtesvitees teedctdape get EEA 2 78 Configuring Results Viewer ccccccccceceesceceeeeeeneeneeceneeeeeaeaeeseeeeneeeeeneeeeetens 2 78 Exporting Test Data to Other Programs cccceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeeeaas 2 78 Record Type Codes isccicnisacesvvtionereh icdtenvesdegegveidthacbideuagvedeatdaseud AAEE 2 82 Configuring the Exported Data aesssseesssesesnnesssrnssesnnantennasnnnnansannaanennaenannas 2 85 OTS
61. 2 aa FY Select Signal Present Threshold Offset 0 mv Test State Complete Receiver Setup OTS91R1 10 Gb s Signal Present Rs 1 OTS91T1 10 Gb s Tx 1 SONET 10 Gb s STS 3c gt os Signal Source Internal Error Insertion Inactive A eS Turn Laser On Transmitter Setup oo Clock Source Internal TestPattern PRBS 2 23 1 ae ae OTS91T2 10 Gb s Tx 1 SONET 10 Gb s STS 3c Signal Source Internal Error Insertion Inactive Transmitter Setup Clock Source Internal Test Pattern PRBS 2 23 1 Inverted ITU 0 151 oo OTS91R2 10 Gb s Rx 1 SONET 10 Gb s STS 3c OTSS1T1 10 Gb s Tx 1 Signal Present Test State Complete Receiver Setup Test Pattern PRBS 2 23 1 Inverted ITU 0 151 OTS93T1 2 5 Gb s Tx 1 SONET 2 5 Gb s STS 48c Peas Signal Source Internal Error Insertion Inactive 8 Ee Tur Laser On Transmitter Setup OA Clock Source Intemal Test Pattern PRBS 2 23 1 Inverted ITU 0 151 OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s Rx 1 SONET 2 5 Gb s STS 48c oo Signal Present Threshold Offset 0 Test State Complete Receiver Setup OTSSanT Abbe TestPattem PRBS 2 2341 Inverted ITU 0 151 Receiver 1 LOF mi j 0TS93T1 2 5 Gb s Transmitter 1 E oo Signal Monitor 0000800000 0000 00000 Bit Error ri For Help press F1 C ERT niueane ee Figure 2 36 Setup Summary menu OTS9300 User Manual 2 41 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 8
62. 28 of the Transmitter setup allows the user to fill a specific Overhead byte with a different pattern The selections are made using pull down menus system wiew Device window Help ICEREN St A on orfan Lasers z IB e m m Bfatests z x Ai 3 xf Setup OTS93T1 2 5 Gb s Transmitter 1 LED Display CE Signal Transport Overhead Path Overhead Error Insertion K1 K2 Decode DCC Orderwire O Serial Overhead Byte Channel gt A OTS3IR1 10 Gb s Bone Signal Present Rix itt Q Los Serial Overhead Test Pattern Add PRBS 2 9 1 ITU 0 153 LOF SEF m OTS91R210 Gb s Rx o0 0TS91T1 10 Gb s Tx 1 g ag OTSS1T2 10 Gb s Txt 1 oO ag OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s Receiver 1 oo OTS93T1 2 5 Gb s Transmitter 1 Bs Error Test laser For Help press F1 teace ive Inactive Of Figure 2 28 Transmitter DCC Orderwire menu 0000000000 0000 0000 Bit Error The Overhead bytes that can be stuffed with different patterns are Section DCC D1 to D3 Line DCC D4 to D12 El Fl E2 F2 and F3 Click on the Serial Overhead Add pull down menu and select the byte The patterns available are PN9 Inverted PN9 PN11 Inverted PN11 PN15 Inverted PN15 PN20 Inverted PN20 PN23 Inverted PN23 and External Front Panel Click on the Serial Overhead Pattern pull down menu and select the pattern When this feature is enabled the selected Overhead bytes are stuffed with the selec
63. 3 4 the second command has the same root and lower level nodes SOURCe INSErt ANOMaly as the first command so these nodes can be omitted SOURce INSErt ANOMaly TYPE REI SOURce INSErt ANOMaly RATE 1 4 a Identical root and lower level nodes SOURce INSErt ANOMaly TYPE REI RATE 1e 4 First command Second command omitted the root and lower level nodes Figure 3 4 Example of omitting root and lower level nodes in chained message 3 12 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Syntax General Rules Here are some general rules for using SCPI commands queries and parameters 66 99 You can use single or double quotation marks for quoted strings but you cannot use both types of quotation marks for the same string correct This string uses quotation marks correctly correct This string also uses quotation marks correctly incorrect This string does not use quotation marks correctly You can use upper case lower case or a mixture of both cases for all command queries and parameters SOURCE DATA STRUCTURE is the same as source data structure and SOURCE data Structure No embedded spaces are allowed between or within nodes correct SOURce DATA STRUcture incorrect SOURce DATA STRUcture incorrect SO URce DATA STRU cture Slot Specifiers The OTS sys
64. 300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe DATA OVERhead DROP ENABle This command enables or disables the front panel overhead drop The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device Syntax SENSe lt slot gt DATA OVERhead DROP ENABle SENSe lt slot gt DATA OVERhead DROP ENABle lt Boolean gt SENSe DATA OVERhead PRBS LOCK This query returns the overhead PRBS pattern lock status lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device Syntax SENSe lt slot gt DATA OVERhead PRBS LOCK SENSe DATA OVERhead PRBS PATTern This command sets the expected overhead PRBS pattern The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device Syntax SENSe lt slot gt DATA OVERhead PRBS PAT Tern SENSe lt slot gt DATA OVERhead PRBS PAT Tern lt Enum gt Param
65. 4800B 4800 baud R9600B 9600 baud R19KB 19 2K baud R38KB 38 4K baud R57KB 57 6K baud R115KB 115 2K baud SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A RTS This command controls the state of the RTS Request to Send control signal on the COM2 port It has no effect when hardware flow control is enabled The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A RTS SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A RTS lt Boolean gt SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A RXTERM This command selects for the COM2 serial port the character the OTS 9000 system recognizes as End of Input The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A RXTERM SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A RXTERM lt Enum gt Parameters Description LF Line feed LF character 0x0A an optional preceding CR is ignored CR Carriage return CR character 0x0D an optional preceding LF is ignored OTS9300 User Manual 3 93 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A TXTERM This command controls for the COM2 serial port the characters the OTS 9000 system sends at the end of a query response The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A TXTERM SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A TXTERM lt Enum gt Parameters Description LF Line feed LF character
66. 76 SOURCE OUT PUELAS ER ei vsciscdeztevedecdsasine lavatccanereedaveswedddiaastee toda saeid centadevdensaaneces 3 80 SOURce SIGNal STANdard ce cc ccccce cece cece cece ee ecseceeeeeseeeseueueeeesusaueeeeeeeseeeaneaeenvans 3 82 SSOURCe TRIG ger MODE cece eeeeeeeee entree ee eeneee eee saeeeeeseaeeeeeeaeeesesaeeeeeenaeeeeeeaes 3 82 BS Re ites actrees geste ees EE A E EE S A S E A 3 82 OSTA a a E N A E A A E T 3 83 STATUS PRESO bitiniai n ra bil teas aai r aA ia A 3 83 SYSTem COMM nicate GP B siosiisinaioiasiiiuindiiaiddiadani iaasa 3 83 SYSTem COMMunicate NETWOrk ccccccceeeecccsceeeceeeeecceseueeeeesaaueeeeeeeseesunaeeeeeans 3 84 SYSTem COMM nicate PORT ccccccccececcceeeccssceeeeeeeeeceeseueeseesauaeeeeeeseeeuaaeeeevans 3 85 SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A aeeneeiissesrrrssrrrrrriiesnrrrssrrrrssrrrenens 3 87 SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A uuu ccecccccccccccceeccseceeeeesseueeeseeeeuseueueeeeeeaaes 3 90 oY Stem CONFIO MO DUle csn pacviaessutueee sa aeeestieeeeaecene 3 94 OY Tom CONFIG SLOTS jt iccieneniin aides init da waetieiiaeene 3 95 SYSTem DESCription SE UP cecisessencsatedl cheer a i adaa iie 3 95 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Table of Contents SS GSH 1 ERRO eee ne Se a ee ea 3 95 SYSTem FILES MGMT RESUItS AGE ccc ccccccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneneess 3 96 SSYSTeM FORMat BL
67. 8 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Signal Monitor Menus When Signal Monitor is selected from the Navigation window icons for all loaded Receiver modules are displayed The Signal Monitor menu provides separate configuration control over each receiver by these individual icons If an Rx icon is clicked the Receiver signal monitor menu is displayed This menu contains four separate menu screens each selected by a tab These tabs Transport Overhead Path Overhead K1 K2 Decode and Payload each display an aspect of the Signal Monitor function Signal Monitor Transport Overhead The transport overhead menu as shown in Figure 2 37 displays the current activity of the transport overhead as monitored by the selected receiver The Section Trace JO and the S1 Synchronization Status provide additional information received Il System View Device Window Help E u hAm a A on omfanLasers z Ar gt m m e fanTess z x Signal M OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s Receiver 1 xix LED Display a gt Path Overhead K1 K2 Bytes Payload r 5T5 3 Transport Overhead SONET Signal Present oo i fi E Sel asTs3e Pause Updat orsaiRt 10 6bv gt STS aesa Ealan os Rx 1 LOF Al A2 Jo c2 20 DD 20 FFB SEF m BI E1 ca FA Fl ch Eo FB means D1 D2 7 D3 cB E3 FE RERA HI H2 CA H3 6B H36 H3 z B2 K1 K2 CE E3 04 orssant 25 abv D4 DS Do D D
68. 88 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SOURce INSErt ANOMaly RATE This command sets the rate at which continuously generated anomalies are inserted The query form returns the current value lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt INSErt ANOMaly RATE SOURce lt slot gt INSErt ANOMaly RATE lt NR3 gt SOURce INSErt ANOMaly RATE RANGe 3 74 This query returns the minimum and maximum rate values for the specified anomaly type lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt INSErt ANOMaly RATE RANGe lt Enum gt Parameters
69. 9300 modules If you wish to purchase optional accessories contact your local Tektronix Representative Standard 644 1015 xx 378 0485 xx 063 3560 xx Optional Adapters SMA 015 0572 00 015 0554 00 015 0549 00 020 1693 00 Miscellaneous 119 5610 00 119 5970 00 119 5972 00 071 1044 xx OTS chassis upgrades OTS90UW2K OTS90U128 OTS9300 User Manual Certificate of Traceable Calibration Blank panel Air diverter User manuals CDrom SMA male to BNC male SMA male to BNC female Male to female connector Used permanently installed to prolong life of instrument connector SMA Kit Fixed 15 dB attenuator FC PC connector Fixed 15dB attenuator SC PC connector Fixed 15dB attenuator ST PC connector OTS9300 User Manual hardcopy Windows 2000 upgrade 128MB RAM upgrade for the OTS9000 chassis 1 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Getting Started First Operation OTS9300 Installation This procedure gives proper instructions on installing module cards Before installing the module verify that the OTS system is properly set up and powered on as instructed in Steps 1 through 3 below l Remove the unit from its shipping carton and place it on an anti static surface NOTE Save all shipping cartons from OTS products If returning the instrument is necessary you will be required to ship them in their original shipping cartons
70. A E 3 52 SENSES STATUS LEDS hoiii a O EEI OEE AA SAR 3 53 SENS amp STATUS PA THL LEDS seccsisscasceducieccteuatonaxcaudeaevdeunshaccuwebecectasientdenadeacravacncoes 3 54 SENSE TES a a a A E A N S 3 55 SENSE TRIGgerMODE oecncmernennra ionin EA 3 57 SOURCSAPS BYT E nunriniiasunianrnaadii i a a a a d dai aaa 3 57 SOURCE CLOCK SOURCE iiini niia aii a d 3 58 SOURce DATA BACKground STRUcture uo eee cence eeenneeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeeeaas 3 58 SOURce DATA CHANG c cccecccccceeccceeeccceseeecesueeeuseeeeseseueueeeuaaaeeeeaeseesauaeeeeeans 3 59 SOURCE DAT AIO VERMGAG iaiia a a a a 3 59 SOURCE DATA PARIY LOOP osipa ii iaa paa A A 3 61 SOURCGe DATA PATH recisi a aaa i a a 3 61 SOURCE DATA PAY LOAA aieas a a a ds decdadwnd leewbdes 3 65 SOURCE DATA POH ianoaiiaea n aa a a a a aTi 3 67 SOURce DATA RATE iciiecctesdiccct sentteawaaned naval ana aa a vt obdd tates eaa R E 3 68 SOURce DATA SECTion RACeE ou ccccccccc cece eecccsceeeseeeeecceseueesessaeueeeeeeeseeeunaueeevans 3 69 SOUR ce DATASOURCE vvcnciiec iatveinticsrdivecieesieesecteti ant AGANTA onddeuccuenasansccteansieaneieades 3 70 SOURCE DATA SPE ahamia ani deeclendeansetvecsedocunssanyvndeucsctsagaadneawecdaes 3 71 SOURCE DATA STRUC E aeciaii a E a R 3 71 SOURCE DATA TOH aie aee n le detects A TATA 3 72 SOURCe INSER ANOMAlY cccisescececect teres teceeic ti cecs S 3 73 SOURCE INSEE DE FE Clic ctite cece sacccdencicedovsausads a E OAE S RE edited Lah 3
71. A508 UAS Count Ratio Near End Count Ratio Far End NOTE A501 through A508 are applicable only for OTS91R2 module cards SDH G 826 Regenerator Section Analysis A301 EB Count Ratio A302 BBE Count Ratio A303 ES Count Ratio A304 SES Count Ratio A305 CSES Count only A306 UAS Count Ratio SDH G 826 Multiplex Section Analysis A401 EB Count Ratio Near End Count Ratio Far End A402 BBE Count Ratio Near End Count Ratio Far End A403 ES Count Ratio Near End Count Ratio Far End A404 SES Count Ratio Near End Count Ratio Far End A405 CSES Count Near End Count Far End only A406 UAS Count Ratio Near End Count Ratio Far End SDH G 826 Path Analysis A601 EB Count Ratio Near End Count Ratio Far End A602 BBE Count Ratio Near End Count Ratio Far End A603 ES Count Ratio Near End Count Ratio Far End A604 SES Count Ratio Near End Count Ratio Far End A605 CSES Count Near End Count Far End only A606 UAS Count Ratio Near End Count Ratio Far End NOTE A601 through A606 are applicable only for OTS91T2 and OTS91R2 module cards OTS9300 User Manual 2 83 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface History data H1 Time resolution seconds sample Number of samples in report period H2 History data selected fields from Sample time sec
72. BBE_R Background block error ratio ES _C Errored seconds ES_R Errored second ratio SES C Severely errored seconds SES _R Severely errored second ratio ESA_C Errored seconds type A ESA_R Errored second type A ratio ESB C Errored seconds type B ESB R Errored second type B ratio CSES_C Consecutive SES periods UAS_C Unavailable seconds UAS_R Unavailable seconds error ratio SENSe ANALysis GR253A LINE FAR ALL This query returns the values of all of the Far End Line parameters from GR 253 analysis of received data The parameters are returned in the order in which they are listed under SENSe ANALysis GR253A LINE FAR Ratios are returned as NR3 values other parameters as NR1 values lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis GR253A LINE FAR ALL OTS9300 User Manual 3 21 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe ANALysis GR253A LINE NEAR This query returns the value of the s
73. By FUNCTION system View Device Wind Je Te Pale x x Setup OTS91A 10 Gb s Rx 1 Setup OTS91F 10 Gb s Rx 1 Setup OTSS1T 10 Gb s Tx 1 Signi Sigi Sigi Sigi Setup OTS91 74 uml 10 Gb s Tx 1 Tri Setup OTS93R o 2 5 Gb s Recei 1 Ac Sig Setup OTS9 2 5 Gb s Transi 1 Tes Setup Summar gt Signal Monitor Acti OTS91R1 10 Rx 1 Signal Monitor Rx 1 Signal Monitor OTS93A1 25G Receiver 1 Test Control Rx 1 Test Control Rix 1 Test Control 3A1 2 5 Gi DTS Receiver 11 For Help press F1 By FUNCTION Group Devices OFF System view Device win e EETA zixl Signal Monitor Test Control Measurements Analysis OTS91R2 1 OTS91T1 1 OTS91T2 1 OTS93R1 1 OTS93T1 1 For Help press F1 By DEVICE System view Device wi Je FE a AA E E Rx 1 Setup OTSS1A1 10 GH Or Rx 1 Signal Monitor OTS31A1 10 G4 OTSS1A1 10 G4 Rix 1 Measurements OTSS1A1 10 GH Rix 1 Analy OTS91R2 10 G4y Rix 1 Setup OTSS91A210 G Rix 1 Signal Monitor OTS91R2 10 Gy Rx 1 Test i Control OTSS1R2 10 Gh Rix 1 Measurements OTSS1T1 10 G4 Tx 1 Setup OTS91T210 G4 Tx 1 Setup OTS93A1 2 For Help press F1 By DEVICE Group Devices OFF Figure 2 61 Navigation Mode By Device and By Function OTS9300 User Manual 2 71 Artisan Technology Group
74. CUMUlative ALL OTS9300 User Manual 3 49 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe MEASure SECTion WINDow This query returns the value of the specified result parameter as measured during the most recent N seconds The duration N of the measurement window is set by the SENSE MEASURE WINDOW SIZE command lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt MEASure SECTion WINDow lt Enum gt Parameters Description B1_C B1 errors B1_ES B1 errored seconds B1_ER B1 error ratio FAS_C Framing errors FAS_ES Framing errored seconds FAS_ER Framing error ratio LOS_ES Loss of signal errored seconds LOF_ES Loss of frame errored seconds OOF_ES Out of frame errored seconds RSTIM_ES RS trace mismatch errored seconds SENSe MEASure SECTion WINDow ALL This query returns the values of all of the parameters of the SENSE MEASURE SECTION WINDOW query as measured during the most recent N sec
75. CV Count ratio BBE_C Background block errors BBE_R Background block error ratio ES _C Errored seconds ES_R Errored second ratio SES C Severely errored seconds SES_R Severely errored second ratio ESA_C Errored seconds type A ESA_R Errored second type A ratio ESB_C Errored seconds type B ESB R Errored second type B ratio CSES_C Consecutive SES periods UAS_C Unavailable seconds UAS_R Unavailable seconds error ratio SENSe ANALysis GR253A PATH FAR ALL This query returns the values of all of the Far End Path parameters from GR 253 analysis of received data The parameters are returned in the order in which they are listed under the heading SENSe ANALysis GR253A PATH FAR Ratios are returned as NR3 values other parameters as NR1 values lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis GR253A PATH FAR ALL OTS9300 User Manual 3 23 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe ANALys
76. DATA CHANnel This command selects the active channel for the received signal The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt DATA CHANnel SENSe lt slot gt DATA CHANnel lt NR1 gt SENSe DATA OVERhead DROP 3 32 This command sets the overhead bytes to be droped to an external protocol analyser The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device Syntax SENSe lt slot gt DATA OVERhead DROP SENSe lt slot gt DATA OVERhead DROP lt Enum gt Parameters Description SDCC Regenerator section Section DCC D1 D3 LDCC Multiplex section Line DCC D4 D12 E1A Regeneration section orderwire byte E1 E2A Multiplexer section orderwire byte E2 FIA Regenerator section user channel byte F1 F2A Path user channel byte F2 F3A Path user channel byte F3 Z3 OTS9
77. DS It returns a time value and three integer values that represent the status conditions listed in the table above The parameters are returned as hexadecimal base 16 numbers Each condition appears as a bit value in one of the four parameter values returned the particular parameter and bit value appears in the table above Note that the high order eight bits of each parameter identify the parameter in question and do not represent LED status conditions The optional time parameter specifies the earliest time of interest lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt STATus PATH LEDS HEXadecimal lt NR1 gt SENSe STATus PATH LEDS NUMEric This query is an alternative form of SENSe STATus PATH LEDS It returns a time value and three integer values that represent the status conditions listed in the table above The parameters are returned as decimal numbers Each condition appears as a bit value in one of the four parameter values returned the particular parameter and bit value appears in the table above Note that
78. EAR lt Enum gt Parameters Description ETIME Elapsed time EBC Errored blocks EB_R Errored block ratio BBE_C Background block errors BBE_R Background block error ratio EFS C Error free seconds EFS R Error free seconds ratio ES _C Errored seconds ES_R Errored second ratio SES _C Severely errored seconds SES _R Severely errored second ratio CSES_C Consecutive SES periods UAS_C Unavailable seconds UAS_R Unavailable seconds error ratio SENSe ANALysis G826A PATH NEAR ALL This query returns the values of all of the Near End Path parameters from G 826 analysis of received data The parameters are returned in the order in which they are listed under the heading SENSe ANALysis G826A PATH NEAR Ratios are returned as NR3 values other parameters as NR1 values lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis G826A PATH NEAR ALL OTS9300 User Manual 3 19 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command D
79. ED Display selection options OTS9300 User Manual 2 11 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Navigation Window The Navigation window provides the ability to set up monitor and test the module and to view the test results The Navigation window has selection bars for setup signal monitor test control measurements and analysis Each of these bars provides a number of additional configuration and control options The Navigation bar is adaptive Entries are added depending on the system configuration When the server connection is established the user interface automatically scans for loaded hardware and displays the appropriate folders and icons appropriate for the hardware on the server For example in the following figures the sample screens reflect two transmitters OTS91T1 10Gb s Tx 1 and OTS91T2 10Gb s Tx 1 and two receivers OTS9IR1 10Gb s Rx 1 and OTS91R2 10Gb s Rx 1 each with a separate icon Multiple icons of the same type provide the same screens but separate controls for each instrument The title bar across the top of the screen reflects the current selection NOTE When changing screen controls the Navigation window icon must be clicked to change the current screen menu The title bar reflects the current menu selected but the Navigation window may be in a different location For example the Navigation window
80. F 3A Fl f5 20 3B D1 6 21 3C D2 p7 R2 BD D3 fos 23 3E H1 9 Hi 24 HI BF H2 fA H2 25 He 40 H3 0B H3 26 H3 41 B2 fC 6B2 27 Be 4a2_ K1 0D 28 E K2 E 29 44 D4 F 2A 45 DS fo 2B 46 D f1 2C 47 D fiz 2D aa Ds 3 RE a Dg fi4 2F 4A D10 f5 Bo 4B D11 h6 Bi aC D12 f7 32 4D si fs 2163 21 fe z2 fig 22 84 22 F E2 fA 35 50 Figure 2 38 Transport Overhead menu in Pause Update mode Channel 1 refers to the first STM 1 STS 3 overhead Use the channel arrows to view the rest of the STM 1 STS 3 overheads To quickly return to the first STM 1 STS 3 overhead click the Select Channel 1 button NOTE The title at the top of the menu reflects the overhead in the mode of the selected receiver not the notation selected through the options menu RS Trace Section Trace J0 The Section Trace JO provides the current values of the JO multi byte trace The 16 byte JO Trace receives 15 bytes ending with a CRC The 64 byte JO Trace receives 62 bytes with CR LF The Expected and Received values are both displayed providing an easy visual comparison of the JO Trace The length of the Trace is also provided as both expected and received values S1 Synchronization Status S1 Synchronization Status displays the S1 byte values The S1 byte values are decoded and displayed in ASCII format To edit the S1 byte go to the Overhead section of the Transmitter setup and enter the desired hexadecimal value The S1 byte displ
81. INACT Continuous defect anomaly insertion is inactive CONT_ACT Continuous defect anomaly insertion is inactive CONT_DWELL Continuous defect anomaly insertion is active SOURce INSErt ANOMaly TY PE This command selects the type of anomaly inserted The query form returns the current selection lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt INSErt ANOMaly TYPE SOURce lt slot gt INSErt ANOMaly TYPE lt Enum gt Parameters Description NONE No anomaly is selected B1BIP B1 parity errors B2BIP B2 parity errors B3BIP B3 parity errors REI Line REI errors REI_P Path REI errors PATTern Pattern bit errors RANDom Errors in randomly selected framing overhead and payload bits BIT_SPE Errors in randomly selected SPE SONET or VC SDH bits OTS9300 User Manual 3 75 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SOURce INSErt DEFEct MODE This command specifies how defects are inserted The query f
82. IP BIP 8 CFR CSES CV DCC EB ES ESA ESB FAS IEC ITU JO TIM LOF LOS MS MS AIS MS RDI MS REI NE OC OC N OOF OS OTS9300 User Manual Line Alarm Indication Signal Alternate Mark Inversion American National Standards Institute American Standard Code for Information Interchange Background Block Error Bit Error Ratio Bit Interleaved Parity Bit Interleaved Parity 8 Code of Federal Regulations Consecutive Severely Errored Second Coding Violation Data Communications Channel Errored Block Errored Second Errored Second Type A Errored Second Type B Frame Alignment Signal International Electrotechnical Commission International Telecommunications Union JO Trace Identifier Marker Loss of Frame Loss of Signal Multiplex Section Multiplex Section Alarm Indication Signal Multiplex Section Remote Defect Indication Multiplex Section Remote Error Indication Network Element Optical Carrier Optical Carrier level N Out of Frame Operating System B 1 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com List of Acronyms RAI Remote Alarm Indication RAI L Line Remote Alarm Indication RDI Remote Defect Indication RDI L Line Remote Defect Indication REI Remote Error Indication REI L Line Remote Error Indication RS Regenerator Section Rx Receiver SCPI Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments SDH Synchronous Digital Hierarchy SES Severely Erro
83. Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface ar View Device Window Help ee _ a 8 IJ AX On orfAl Lasers gt et ja gt m m all Tests Signal Monitor Measurements OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s Receiver RealTime Cumulative History 1 r LED Display al z Display oe Test Running Elapsed Time 0s Sima Present LOS Rz C Path Pointer Value p RUSS amp Pointers Lon Ot 10 Gbyt C Selected Pointer Size 0 SER n r Measurement Results o OTS91R2 10 Gb s Pointer Event Event Counts o Bet Pointer Increments 0 oO ax o Pointer Decrements 0 fe OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s i Perae Pointer New Data Flag 0 e Pointer Discontinuous Change 0 Invalid Pointer Change 0 Invalid Pointer Value 0 Invalid Pointer New Data Flag 0 Q O Bi For Help press F1 aeeti eseeave ir Figure 2 52 Cumulative Measurements Display Pointers The top right side of the Pointers cumulative measurement display represents the current pointer values for the test in process The Measurements Results section shows the pointer history for the test System View Device Window Help E Li aan a a A On off All Lasers a e mm Bfantests z Measurements OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s Receiver 1 EE LED Display Al gt Real Time Cumulative History Display Section and Line
84. K AANE 2 35 Receiver Threshold Offset cccscccceceeececeseeeceeeeseeeceeeenseceeesnseaeeeeneaees 2 35 Receiver Setup Trace Mismatch ccceceeeeeeeeceeeeeeesenneaeeeeeeeseteenaees 2 37 JO Multi Byte Traces i 0 chic2 cetdeieanth nde a 2 37 J1 Multi Byte Trace s csceh ccc ietieedicnadiie nthe iiehenainnieheens 2 38 Edit C2 Byte sraao iiaia a E EA A 2 39 HPPLM and HP Unequipped Detection cccccseeeeeceeceeeeeeeseneeeeees 2 39 Receiver Setup DCC Orderwire ccccccceeeeeececceeeeeeeeeeecneeeeeeeeeeeetenes 2 40 Setup SUMMALY oo eeeeeee cece ee eeee eee eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeaeeeseeeeeeeseeeaeeeeseeaaeees 2 41 signal Monitor Manus scossi a N 2 42 Signal Monitor Transport Overhead seseessseessesrrssesrrsserrrssrrrssrrrssrresne 2 42 RS Trace Section Trace J0 sisisi 2 43 91 Synchronization Status es c ccccesccsaceeveeetstaeeehatateesianeeedeadedeestaneeeeee 2 43 Signal Monitor Path Overhead eee ecceeeeeeneeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeenaeeeeeaas 2 44 Paih Trace JT orca a a 2 45 C2 STATUS E E EEE EE T 2 45 Signal Monitor K1 K2 DeCOde cccccceeececceeeeeeeeeceecaeeeeeeeeeseceiaeeeeeneees 2 46 signal Momitor Payload sercon 2 47 Test Control Menu siisicassevuvsae tecaeee vveugae tyeaveasddewseeatgvevesbe O 2 48 Test Control SUMMEN 225 ceiestncetee EA 2 50 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guarant
85. LED Display fas SONET TIM1 SDH G 826 z Mea aea Test Complete Elapsed Time 00 00 00 Signal Present Analysis Results 9 os C RS MS LOF Path SEF OTSS1R1 10 Gb s Ra tt j Path Near End Far End J oo Count Ratio Count Ratio OTS31R2 10 Gb s Rxe 1 EB E y E y A es of 0000 E y Eo y E g Receiver 1 APS Meas For Help press F1 Figure 2 59 Analysis menu SDH G 826 Path 0000800000 0000 0000 Bit Error Ei 3 Test Laser ee MERT OFF The error count and the error ratio are both displayed when applicable The results are broken down separately into Section Line and Path results Each item of the analysis results is briefly described as follows EB Errored Blocks are counted per ITU T G 826 and GR 253 CORE specifications BBE Background block errors are the count of errored blocks during non severely errored seconds ES Errored Seconds are the number of seconds since testing was started or restarted in which one or more errors were detected Errored seconds are only counted during available time SES Severely Errored Seconds are counted per ITU T G 826 and GR 253 CORE specifications Severely errored seconds are only counted during available time UAS Unavailable Seconds are the number of seconds during which error performance was such that the received signal was deemed to be unavailable Transition into and out of the unavailable state is e
86. LL lt NR1 gt SOURce lt slot gt DATA TOH STS1A ALL lt NR1 gt lt Block gt 3 72 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SOURce DATA TOH STSIA BYTE This command sets the value of a specific byte in the generated STS 1 1 Transport Overhead data The byte selection is specified by three numeric parameters for STS 1 number row and column because only STS 1 1 may be selected the first parameter must be set to 1 The query form returns the current byte value lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA TOH STS1A BYTE lt NR1 gt lt NR1 gt lt NR1 gt SOURce lt slot gt DATA TOH STS1A BYTE lt NR1 gt lt NR1 gt lt NR1 gt lt NR1 gt SOURce DATA TOH STS1A DEFAult This command sets all bytes in the generated STS 1 1 Transport Overhead data to their default values lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the d
87. MS FAR Ratios are returned as NR3 values other parameters as NR1 values lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis G826A MS FAR ALL 3 16 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe ANALysis G826A MS NEAR This query returns the value of the specified Near End Multiplexer Section parameter from G 826 analysis of received data Ratios are returned as NR3 values other parameters as NR1 values lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot
88. OCK 7 02 ccccccccccccccccceceeccececeeeeeeeeeeeueeeeaeeeaeeueesueeeeeueueneeeenanaeass 3 98 SS YO lem HEADET Sr anin en wie denw aes coves deactunnyansexwodeadeeuesabecxwadeadedscantaddeiwaendess 3 98 OY LEME OC K A bedvewcugacdeeeuaheats 3 99 SYSTem SIGNal STANAard uinean a iadd ieh 3 99 SYS Tem VERBOS Ssa irsinin aniti d Ea a EA TEA AA AA S AEA AA VENRES 3 100 TOT e R AA AE A EAD 3 100 SV Al cece senate E A BEET AAE EOE PIE E EOLIE OA EAEI E API O N E OE 3 100 Appendices Specifications ii sissies ses ccrveisvnccseadeadbeeecddeccunasecen ters aerasi ara Pasa aaua Pedanda aara iaasa Naah A 1 List Of CrONyYMS s cise seccteccvesctecesscdevevssccdeeedacctte cess cdieedsecetieessccttecasecdieerssccdieessnctieesses B 1 Emergency Startup Disk ccccssssecesseneeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeseeneeeeseeneeseseeneeeasecneeeenseeneeenees C 1 vi OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com General Safety Summary General Safety Summary How Review the following safety precautions to avoid injury and prevent damage to this product or any equipment connected to it To avoid potential hazards use this product only as specified Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures While using this product you may need to access other parts of the system Read the General Safety Summary in other system manuals for warnings and cautions related to operating the syst
89. OH DEFAult This command sets all bytes in the generated STS 1 1 Path Overhead data to their default values lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA POH DEFAult SOURce DATA RATE 3 68 This query returns the output signal rate generated by the transmitter lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA RATE Parameters Description G2P66A 2 66 Gb s OTN Rate G2P5A 2 5 Gb s OC 48 or STM 16 G1P24A 1 244 Gb s OC 24 M622A 622 Mb s OC 12 or STM 4 M155A 155 Mb s OC 3 or STM 1 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Gu
90. OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA SECTion TRACe VALUe SOURce lt slot gt DATA SECTion TRACe VALUe lt Block gt SOURce DATA SECTion TRACe VALUe STRIng This command sets the data byte values transmitted in the Section Trace JO byte of the Transport Overhead The data byte values are specified as an ASCII string The query form returns the current values lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA SECTion TRACe VALUe STRIng SOURce lt slot gt DATA SECTion TRACe VALUe STRIng lt String gt SOURce DATA SOURce This command sets the source of the data at the output of the transmitter The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaul
91. OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA CHANnel REPLicate SOURce lt slot gt DATA CHANnel REPLicate lt Boolean gt SOURce DATA OVERhead ADD This command sets the overhead bytes to be added from an external protocol analyzer The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA OVERhead ADD SOURce lt slot gt DATA O0VERhead ADD lt Enum gt Parameters Description NONE No serial overhead bytes SDCC Regenerator section Section DCC D1 D3 LDCC Multiplex section DCC Line D4 D12 E1A Regeneration section orderwire byte E1 E2A Multiplexer section orderwire byte E2 FIA Regenerator section user channel byte F1 F2A Path user channel byte F2 F3A Path user channel byte F3 Z3 OTS9300 User Manual 3 59 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SOURce DATA OVERhead PASSthru This command controls the source of transmitted overhead data in Through Mode
92. OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt TEST STATe SENSe lt slot gt TEST STATe lt Enum gt Parameters Description RUN Start a test PAUSe Pause the test in progress RESUme Resume the test in progress END Stop the test RESTart Stop the test and start a new test STARTING A test is starting status query only STOPPING A test is stopping status query only UNKNOWN SENSe TEST TIME 3 56 This command sets the time duration for a test The query form returns the currently programmed time lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt TEST TIME SENSe lt slot gt TEST TIME lt NR1 gt OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe TEST TIME ELAPsed This query returns the time since the start
93. OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA SPE BACKground STUFfing SOURce lt slot gt DATA SPE BACKground STUFfing lt Boolean gt SOURce DATA SPE STUFfing This command controls the SPE fixed byte stuffing When enabled columns 30 and 59 of the active STS 1 channel contain the fixed byte value zero and are not used for payload When disabled columns 30 and 59 are part of the payload This command is applicable when the active channel structure is set to STS 1 The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA SPE STUFfing SOURce lt slot gt DATA SPE STUFfing lt Boolean gt SOURce DATA STRUcture This command sets the structure of the signal generated by the transmitter The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the devic
94. Opions Using the Repair Disk utility to make an emergency repair disk The Repair Disk utility saves all of your current system settings to an Emergency Repair Disk ERD You can then use this disk to restore your computer if files become damaged It is strongly recommended that you create and update an ERD every time you make significant changes to your hardware or software setup To start Repair Disk gt Click here Ml For information about how to use Repair Disk click the Help menu in Repair Disk OTS9300 User Manual C 1 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Emergency Startup Disk 4 The Repair Disk Utility box is now displayed In this box you may update the repair information create the repair disk exit or request additional help Click Create Repair Disk re Repair Disk Utility This utility updates the repair information saved when you installed the system and creates an Emergency Repair disk The repair information is used to recover a bootable system in case of failure This utility should not be used as a backup tool Create Repair Disk 5 The computer then prompts you to label the floppy disk and insert it into your floppy disk drive Click on OK to continue Repair Disk Utility x N Label a floppy disk Emergency Repair Disk and insert it into drive A Select OK when the disk is in the drive Warning All d
95. P Zoom Out In lt lt lt gt gt M Live Update O B3 rc il View Time Axis 1 secjtick Set Cursor 00 47 RDI P Detail View citi Data at REIP Parameter Cursor TIMP FAS X UNEQ P O PLMP Linear LSS Logarithmic BitEnor Time Axis Elapsed Time C Time of Day Error Test a Laser dade E EE Cd Figure 2 53 Example of Results History Data Section Line OTS9300 User Manual 2 57 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface B System View Device Window Help laix e i A a a A on orfan Lasers z jae gt om BAiTests gt Measurements OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s Receiver 1 zixl LED Display Au z Real Time Cumulative History Display AIS P Section Line Lop p C Path 53 Painters RDI P ERDI P P ERDI P S peaa ERDI P C Parameter REI P Any TIM P UNEQ P Prev Next PLM P LSS BIT Any Countexceeds i a Zoom Out e In lt lt lt _ gt gt gt M Live Update Detail View Time Axis 1 secjtick Set Cursor 02 21 Data at O0O000000000 0000 00000 Parameter Cursor FAS X Time A 00 02 21 Linear C Logarithmic i Bit Error r Time Axis Max Value Elapsed Time o C Time of Day E A ES CSN Figure 2 54 Example of Results His
96. Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Getting Started 1 8 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com rtisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics This section describes OTS9300 module front panel EOE indicators and connectors This section also reviews OTS93K1 OTS93T1 the basic functionality of the Microsoft Windows mooie g voou application software with menu descriptions on ear O vs mga Front Panel Indicators and Con necto rs DO DEFECT Figure 2 1 shows a complete view of the front panel CNT Rx EVENT OUT WARNING Always avoid exposure to the laser beam Before power is applied to the OTS9300 module be sure that all laser outputs are either covered with the 502 AN oe ite screw cap provided or connected to the appropriate outed meas circuit The front panel is made up of two different cards RECEIVED gy e Transmit e Receive 502 REMOTE INTERLOCK The following sections describe each of these cards in more detail 1 Vpp AC 50Q DATA IN DATA OUT NOTE Optical cables use and care 1 When using the optical cables ensure that the ESS CNN cable
97. Ratio ES ES Count Ratio ES Count Ratio ES Count Ratio NOTE C11 through C20 are applicable only for OTS91T2 and OTS91R2 module cards Sonet GR 253 Section Analysis EB A101 A102 A103 A104 A105 A106 A107 A108 BBE ES SES ESA ESB CSES UAS Count Ratio Count Ratio Count Ratio Count Ratio Count Ratio Count Ratio Count only Count Ratio OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Sonet GR 253 Line Analysis B A201 E Count Ratio Near End Count Ratio Far End A202 BBE Count Ratio Near End Count Ratio Far End A203 ES Count Ratio Near End Count Ratio Far End A204 SES Count Ratio Near End Count Ratio Far End A205 ESA Count Ratio Near End Count Ratio Far End A206 ESB Count Ratio Near End Count Ratio Far End A207 CSES Count Near End Count Far End only A208 UAS Count Ratio Near End Count Ratio Far End Sonet GR 253 Path Analysis A501 EB Count Ratio Near End Count Ratio Far End A502 BBE Count Ratio Near End Count Ratio Far End A503 ES Count Ratio Near End Count Ratio Far End A504 SES Count Ratio Near End Count Ratio Far End A505 ESA Count Ratio Near End Count Ratio Far End A506 ESB Count Ratio Near End Count Ratio Far End A507 CSES Count Near End Count Far End only
98. S11A ITU standard PRBS 2411 1 pattern PRBS11I Inverted PRBS 2411 1 pattern PRBS15A ITU standard PRBS 2415 1 pattern PRBS15l Inverted PRBS 2415 1 pattern PRBS20A ITU standard PRBS 2420 1 pattern PRBS20l1 Inverted PRBS 2 20 1 pattern PRBS23A ITU standard PRBS 2 23 1 pattern PRBS23l Inverted PRBS 2 23 1 pattern EXTERNAL External Front Panel SOURce DATA PARIty LOOP B1A This command enables the local calculation of the B1 parity bit when the transmitter is in Through Mode This setting has no effect when the payload is internally generated Only the ON and OFF values are valid for a set command The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA PARIty _LOOP B1A SOURce lt slot gt DATA PARIty LOOP B1A lt Enum gt Parameters Description OFF Bit value is taken from the received signal ON Bit value is regenerated from the transmitted data F_OFF Bit value is taken from the received signal independent of the setting of this parameter query response only F_ON Bit value is regenerated from the transmitted data independent of the setting of this parameter query response only OTS9300 User Manual 3 61 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com R
99. SOURce lt slot gt DATA TOH BYTE M1A lt NR1 gt SOURce DATA TOH BYTE SIA This command sets the value of the S1 byte in the generated STS 1 1 Transport Overhead data The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA TOH BYTE S1A SOURce lt slot gt DATA TOH BYTE S1A lt NR1 gt SOURce DATA TOH STS1IA ALL This command sets the values of all bytes in the generated STS 1 1 Transport Overhead data The query form returns the current setting There are 27 bytes in the data block These correspond to the overhead bytes A1 A2 JO B1 E1 F1 D1 D2 D3 H1 H3 B2 K1 K2 D4 D12 S1 Z2 E2 Only those bytes marked with are settable the values of the other bytes are automatically set by the transmitter lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA TOH STS1A A
100. Server Select Tektronix Measurement Server my 4 Figure 2 58 Select Server dialog box 2 68 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface View Options To open the options menu as shown in Figure 2 59 click View and select Options The options menu allows the user to customize the user Options 2 m Display Notation Page Title C SONET Active Track module setting C SDH Application titlebar By Device interface to their preferences Navigation Mode page By Function IV Group devices Server Recent connection list contains IV Restore connection to server at startup 5 servers r Configure Display for C 800x600 1024 x 768 or larger V Show splash screen on startup Cancel Restore Defaults Figure 2 59 View Options dialog box Display Notation Since SONET and SDH provide different notation in regards to some measurements the display notation option allows the user to set the notation to their choice If SONET is selected then where applicable all notation will be in SONET If SDH is selected then where applicable all notation will be in SDH NOTE This switch does not affect the actual functionality of the module It affects only the notation on the user interface for viewing convenience If the Tr
101. System Event Printer Application cccccccecceceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 2 86 Starting the Event Printer 0 cc eceeeeeeeee ee eeneeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeesnaeeeeread 2 86 LOG QING icc arisy ace sureede OS 2 86 SESCT EVENS sierra ronan E lt b inhedd denay di ineeeeeins 2 86 Copy to Clipboard sa nc cai tines cae nth ete i a aa E 2 86 Copy tO Filewciiaciseiacstetstsietenaeielaes is batinets nest ete EE A 2 87 COpy tO PIME naoa aa a ca ddevedacdies nadauestedac sence A 2 87 CHAM N E A A OE A A oe Svgdanedan tens ob caves T 2 87 Selecting Events to LOg sssesssssesresssrrsserresttrrssttrnnsttnnssttnnnsttnnnattnnnattn nanten nannt 2 87 Muting Event Printer Behavior with Continuous Events csceeeeseeeeees 2 88 Minimizing the Event Printer WindOW c ccceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeeenaeeeeeneeeeeeaas 2 88 Configuring a Printer in WindOWS ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeteeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeeeaaes 2 88 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Table of Contents Reference C mmands OVELVICW wwsicitcciecsiesceseeteeessecdien sesees nanao rabiei amaari aanas 3 1 IEEE 488 2 System Commands aseaesssseeesseessrnnseesnnsssnnnatinneiinnnntunnnatnnnnatannentannnnean 3 1 Remote Control Setup and Format Command6s ccccceeeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeesesaeenees 3 2 Remote Control Port S
102. TA PATH TRACe VALUe STRIng This query returns the most recently received J1 path trace data The data is returned as an ASCII string lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt DATA PATH TRACe VALUe STRIng SENSe DATA PAYLoad PATTern This command selects the test pattern for the received signal The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt DATA PAYLoad PAT Tern SENSe lt slot gt DATA PAYLoad PATTern lt Enum gt Parameters Description PRBS7A ITU standard PRBS 2 7 1 pattern PRBS7I ITU standard PRBS 247 1 pattern PRBS15A ITU
103. Tem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A NSTOP SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A NSTOP lt Enum gt Parameters Description N1A One stop bit N1P5A One and one half stop bits N2 Two stop bits SY STem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A PARIty 3 92 This command sets for the COM2 serial port the function of the high order eighth bit in each serial The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A PARIty SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A PARIty lt Enum gt Parameter Description NONE No parity ODD Odd parity EVEN Even parity MARK The parity bit is always set SPACE The parity bit is always clear OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A PROMpt This command enables or disables the user prompt on the COM2 serial port When the prompt is enabled the system prompts when it is ready for a command The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A PROMpt SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A PROMpt lt Boolean gt SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A RATE This command sets the baud rate for the COM2 serial port The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A RATE SYSTem COMMunicate SERIlal COM2A RATE lt Enum gt Parameters Description R1200B 1200 baud R2400B 2400 baud R
104. Test Running Elapsed Time Os Signal Present ne C Path ws oo Pointers LOF OTS31P1 10 Gb s Selected A Bape r Measurement Results RX OTS91R2 10 Gb s al fiers sd B2 Eros FAS Eros H RE L Eros OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s Receiver 1 my 00000800000 O000 e 0000 Bit Error For Help press F1 l Error Test Laser Inactive Inactive OFF Figure 2 51 Cumulative Measurements Display Selected 2 56 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Measurements History The history display shows the results history data collected by the associated receiver during the current or most recent test as shown in Figures 2 53 through 2 55 There are three selections on the top for display choices Section Line Path and Pointers B System View Device Window Help 1 x lein Aas A on of AllLasers x IR e m m amp All Tests ae Measurements OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s Receiver 1 oe Real Time Cumulative History ee eee ose Los Section Line LOF Test Signal Present C Path SEF Los Pointers ee LOF TIM S SEF r Search Fat FAS Parameter B2 8 Any gt RDL OQ TMS REI L Prev Next C Any C Count exceeds Q ASP i l LOP
105. The first parameter specifies an overhead data field the second selects whether that field s data comes from the received signal ON or is generated by the transmitter OFF The query form returns the current setting for the specified field lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA OVERhead PASSthru lt Enum gt SOURce lt slot gt DATA OVERhead PASSthru lt Enum gt lt Boolean gt Parameters Description APS K1 and K2 APS bytes bit value 16 in ALL command DCC_S D1 through D3 Section DCC bytes bit value 8 DCC_L D4 through D12 Line DCC bytes bit value 32 E1A E1 byte bit value 2 E2A E2 byte bit value 512 FIA F1 byte bit value 4 JOA JO Section trace byte bit value 1 M1A M1 byte bit value 128 S1A S1 byte bit value 64 Z2A Z2 byte bit value 256 SOURce DATA OVERhead PASSthru ALL This command controls the source of transmitted overhead data in Through Mode The parameter is a numeric value in which each bit enables retransmission of received data for one specif
106. The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt DATA STRUcture SENSe lt slot gt DATA STRUcture lt Enum gt Parameters Description G2P5C Bulk data at 2 5 Gb s M622C Bulk data at 622 Mb s M155C Bulk data at 155 Mb s M51A Bulk data at 51 Mb s SONET only SENSe DATA TOH STM1A ALL This query returns a block of data representing the Transport Overhead data from an STM 1 in the received signal lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device The command SENSE OVERHEAD MONITOR CHANNEL selects the particular STM 1 that the receiver monitors There are 81 bytes three groups of 27 in the block returned representing the STS 1 overhead data for each STS 1 in the STM 1 If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the
107. URce lt slot gt INSErt DEFEct REPEat lt Enum gt lt NR1 gt Parameters Description INFInite Periodic defect insertion continues indefinitely until explicitly stopped OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SOURce INSErt DEFEct STATe This query returns the current state of defect insertion lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt INSErt DEFEct STATe Parameters Description INACT Defect anomaly insertion is inactive SING_INACT One time defect anomaly insertion is inactive SING_DWELL One time defect anomaly insertion is active BRST_INACT Burst defect anomaly insertion is inactive BRST_ACT Burst defect anomaly insertion is active between bursts BRST_DWELL Burst defect anomaly insertion is active CONT_INACT Continuous defect anomaly insertion is inactive CONT_ACT Continuous defect anomaly insertion is inactive CONT_DWELL Continuous defect anomaly insertion is ac
108. Verify that the operating environment is within the limits detailed under the Environmental Requirement section in this manual Allow approximately 2 inches 5 cm clearance for cooling The OTS9000 requires this clearance for the front and rear of the unit The OTS9010 and OTS9030 require cooling clearance on the left and right sides of the unit Install all required module cards into the chassis If the module cards are not already installed perform the following steps 2 3 4 CAUTION When installing and removing modules from the chassis power must not be present Ensure that all power switches are in the OFF position and power cords are not installed before removing or installing modules The OTS system does NOT support hot swap installations Damage will occur if modules are swapped with power applied A Remove the module from its packaging if necessary A CAUTION All modules are static sensitive When handling module cards ensure that personnel are properly grounded and module cards are always placed on anti static surfaces If proper precautions are not taken damage will occur B For those locations in which module cards are being installed remove the blanking panels and air diverters C Carefully install each module card into a slot in the mainframe Make sure that the module is lined up and fits cleanly with the connectors on the backplane of the mainframe A CAUTION Beware of bending the pins of
109. a as in the binary format block The OTS system must be explicitly set to transmit or receive blocks in binary or hex block format See the description of the command OTS9300 User Manual 3 7 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Syntax SCPI Commands and Queries SCPI is a standard that provides guidelines for remote programming of instruments These guidelines provide a consistent programming environment for instrument control and data usage This environment uses defined programming messages instrument responses and data format across all SCPI instruments regardless of manufacturer The OTS system uses a command language derived from this SCPI standard The SCPI language is based on a hierarchical tree structure as shown in Figure 3 1 that represents a subsystem The top level of the tree is the root node it is followed by one or more lower level nodes SENSe lt Root node Lower level MEASure See nodes SECTion LINE PATH WINDow OVERhead APSTime POINter Figure 3 1 Example of SCPI subsystem hierarchy tree You can create commands and queries from these subsystem hierarchy trees Command Format A command sets the value of an instrument parameter or initiates an instrument event A command consists of one or more alphanumeric keywords separated by colons this part is called the header If the command includes paramete
110. ability to tile the windows horizontally or vertically and to select the next window and the previous window to provide better navigation for the user NOTE In multi window display mode user interface performance will degrade as the number of open windows increases For best performance use the fewest possible windows for the task or single window mode OTS9300 User Manual 2 73 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Results Files Every time a test is started data files are generated These files are stored on the C drive in a folder marked Tektronix Measurement Data To view these files from the user interface click on View and select Test Results Files The Results Viewer dialog box is displayed Refer to the Results Viewer description in this section for further information Results File Management 2 74 As tests are run measurement data files accumulate in the Tektronix Measurement Data folder Once this folder becomes large from the quantity and size of the files overall system performance will suffer The OTS system provides a results file cleanup tool to assist in automatically managing these files NOTE By default the system will keep only the most recent 100 results files If there is a need to preserve all results files the user must explicitly disable results file cleanup before any tests are
111. able pointer value of 782 10 AIS P HP AIS forces all ones into the H1 H2 H3 bytes and the entire SPE 11 RDI P HP RDJ has four different defect types The RDI P defect forces the G1 byte bits 4 1 to the following values gt one bit RDI P 100 gt Enhanced RDI P Payload 010 gt Enhanced RDI P Server 101 gt Enhanced RDI P Connectivity 110 SSD a The rest of the POH in the active channel can be set to the user selected values Error Injection Error Rates All error rates can be selected in the form X Y e Z See Table A 3 for maximum error rates The minimum error rate for all selections is 1 0 x 10 14 Random Errors Errors are distributed across the entire signal includes overhead and payload Random SPE Errors Errors are distributed across the SPE only Path and payload B1 B2 or B3 single error or error rate is generated by inverting a random bit in the byte MS REI REI L The M1 byte is overwritten to convey the error count Poisson Error Rate available for Random Bit Payload Bit and Random Bit SPE Only OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Table A 3 Error Rate Max Min Specifications Error Type OC 3 Max Rate OC 12 Max Rate OC 48 Max Rate B1 4 115 x 10 1 029 x 10 2 572 x 10 B2 1 248 x 10 1 248 x 10 1 248 x 10 B3 4 257 x 10 1 064 x 10 2 661
112. able with the use of scrollbars Navigation Mode For the user s convenience two ways of navigating through the menus of the user interface are provided The Navigation Mode in the options dialog box provides the switch between these two styles The differences appear in the Navigation Window as shown in Figure 2 61 If the Group devices box is not clicked all devices will be shown by either Function or Device By Function If this option is selected the Navigation Window is arranged so that each function is a selectable bar Setup Signal Monitor etc The devices available for configuration and control appear as separate icons under each bar Rx 1 Tx 1 Tx 2 etc 2 70 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface By Device If this option is selected the Navigation Window is arranged so that each device is a selectable bar Rx 1 Tx 1 Rx 2 etc The configuration and control menus appear as separate icons under each bar Setup Signal Monitor etc system view Device wine le E EAA zl xi Sigr Sic OTS31R1 10 Gb s Rx 1 Sic Sic OTS91R2 10 Gb s Tin Rx 1 r i 0TS91T1 10 Gb s Tx 1 rA Sic j Te OTS91T2 10 Gb s He Ac SP OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s Receiver 1 i Be Sic 07593 Transmitter 1 Te Ei x E Signal Monitor Test Control For Help press F1
113. ack Module Setting option is selected then the display notation follows that of the module setting For example if the module is set to SONET mode then SONET notation is displayed OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 2 69 Operating Basics User Interface Page Title The active screen is always displayed on the title bar but if Active Page is selected the active screen name also appears as a title at the top of the current menu as shown by Figure 2 60 If the Application titlebar option is selected then the active title is removed rem View Device Window Help Active E H Ala m a A ps or An Lasers h E A be m amp All Tests i Setup OTS93T1 2 5 Gb s Transmitter 1 Page Title Se Signal Transport Overhead Path Overhead Error Insertion K1 K2 Decode DCC Orde Serial Overhead Byte Channel None gt Figure 2 60 Location of the Active Page Title Server System The server selections allow the user to restore connection to the server at startup and to change the quantity displayed in the recent connection list These server connections refer to the specific OTS system Display Configuration Display configuration provides two different display sizes 8300x600 and 1024x768 NOTE For viewing on the OTS9010 the 800x600 display is recommended Otherwise the whole screen will only be view
114. ad Manipulation Specifications Subsequent to the default values the following overhead modifications are possible The following bytes can be individually selected and edited JO J1 El Fl F2 D1 D3 G1 H4 K1 K2 D4 D12 S1 M1 E2 Z0 Z3 Z4 Z5 C2 of the active POH all other C2 bytes can be set to a user selectable 8 bit value JO editing Single byte 16 byte sequence ITU T 64 byte sequence SONET J1 editing Single byte 16 byte sequence ITU T 64 byte sequence SONET Some bytes can be altered through alarm and error generation as follows 1 Generating errored frames will invert all 48 Al and A2 bits 2 Generating RDI L MS RDIJ will force least significant 3 bits of K2 to 110 3 Generating AIS L MS AIS will force least significant 3 bits of K2 to 111 AIS L is a signal with valid section overhead and a scrambled all ones pattern for the line overhead and payload B1 error injection inverts one or more bits in one or more B1 bytes B2 error injection inverts one or more bits in one or more B2 bytes B3 error injection inverts one or more bits in one or more B3 bytes REI L MS RED error injection sets M1 byte to indicate one or more errors REI P HP REDJ error injection sets the four most significant bits of the G1 byte to indicate one or more errors 9 LOP error injection sets the H1 H2 pointer bytes to 63 0F for SONET and 6B 0F for SDH This equates to a pointer value of 783 which is over the maximum allow
115. ain screen Logging Logging controls how events are logged The selections available are o Off Event logging is disabled o Display Events are logged to the application s text window only o Display Print Events are logged to the application s window and to the default Windows printer Select Events Clicking this button brings up a window shown and discussed below with which the user selects the events to be monitored Copy to Clipboard Clicking this button copies the list of logged events to the Windows Clipboard from which it may be pasted into another application such as a word processor 2 86 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Copy to File Clicking this button brings up a file selection dialog with which the user specifies the location and name of a text file to receive the list of logged events Copy to Printer Clicking this button copies the list of logged events to the default Windows printer Note that this button is disabled if the currently selected logging mode is Display Print Clear Clicking this button clears the list of logged events Any events that haven t already been copied or printed are thus lost Selecting events to log Clicking the Se ect Events button brings up the Select Events to Monitor display as shown in Figure 2 68 which has one panel for each OTS rece
116. al Standard and select either Set to SONET or Set to SDH NOTE If the signal standard is selected via the menu bar the signal standard is set for all devices in the system OTS9300 User Manual 2 13 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface BERT Mode When the BERT mode unframed is active the OTS9300 becomes a BERT generator The Signal Rate and the Test Pattern selection for the active channel are the only valid selections on the transmitter signal setup page when BERT mode is active When the signal standard is returned to either SONET or SDH mode the settings will return to the current selections in the setup menus Most LED indicators are also invalidated by the BERT mode The only active LEDs are Signal Present TSE and LSS Signal Rate The selected Signal Standard determines the signal rates available for use For SONET and SDH selections the available signal rates include o 2 488 Gb s o 622 Mb s o 155 Mb s For BERT selections the available signal rates include o 2 666 Gb s o 2 488 Gb s o 1 244 Gb s o 622 Mb s o 155 Mb s Signal Source Signal Source selects the data source used as the output signal The modes available are Internal mode and Through mode Internal Mode Internal mode provides an internally generated signal Through Mode If using through mode the user has the choice of passing a
117. ameters of the SENSe MEASure PATH WINDow query as measured during the most recent N second period The parameters are returned in the order in which they are listed under SENSe MEASure PATH WINDow Ratios are returned in NR3 format other values are returned in NR1 format lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt MEASure PATH WINDow ALL OTS9300 User Manual 3 47 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe MEASure POINter CUMUlative This query returns the value of the specified result parameter for the most recent test Values are returned in NR1 format lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device Syntax SENSe lt slot gt MEASure POINter CUMUlative lt Enum gt Parameters Description VALUE Pointer value SIZE Pointer s
118. and the data formats used by the OTS9100 system Readers familiar with these topics may find that it duplicates material they already know The Command Descriptions section provides detailed descriptions of the format and parameters of each OTS9300 system remote commands These commands are listed in alphabetical order and listed by page number in the Table of Contents NOTE The Commands Overview section compiles all available commands for the OTS systems However the description list of commands only contains system level and OTS9300 specific commands For all other command descriptions refer to the appropriate module user manual Commands Overview This section organizes the OTS remote commands by function in a simple command tree format Each main topic provides a brief description of the command set uses and then lists each command in that section For more detail on specific commands refer to the following section Command Descriptions which lists all commands in alphabetical order IEEE 488 2 System Commands These commands control basic generic functionality and interface control functions Clear interface error status CLS Enable error status conditions ESE Query error status ESR Query identification string IDN Query all instrument settings LRN Query operation complete OPC Recall system settings RCL Restore default settings RST Restore saved settings SAV OTS9300 User Manual 3 1 Artisan Technology Group Q
119. and cannot be selected simultaneously with other defect types The query form returns a value that indicates the currently selected defects lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device Syntax SOURce lt slot gt INSErt DEFEct TYPE NUMEric SOURce lt slot gt INSErt DEFEct T YPE NUMEric lt NR1 gt SOURce INSErt DEFEct UNITs This command will set the timing units used when inserting a defect The query returns the current units setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device Syntax SOURce lt slot gt INSErt DEFEct UNITs SOURce lt slot gt INSErt DEFEct UNITs lt Enum gt Parameter Description FRAME Defect insertion times are specified in frames SEC Defect insertion times are specified in seconds USEC Defect insertion times are specified in microseconds SOURce OUTPut LASER This command enables or disables the transmitter s output laser The query returns the current setting The laser when turned on takes some time to reach operating conditions during this time the query returns INITIALIZING lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target o
120. and releases any lock set by a SYSTEM LOCK REQUEST operation or any corresponding user interface operation Syntax SYSTem LOCK RELease FORCE SYSTem LOCK REQuest This query attempts to lock the system interface ie to take exclusive control of the system for commands that change system settings set commands It returns 1 if the lock succeeds 0 if it fails Syntax SYSTem LOCK REQuest SYSTem SIGNal STANdard This command sets all of the OTS system modules to the SONET or SDH signal mode If all modules are set to the same standard the query form returns the current setting If different modules are set to different settings the query form returns MIXED Syntax SYSTem STANdard SYSTem STANdard lt Enum gt Parameters Description SONEt Set system to SONET signal mode SDH Set system to SDH signal mode BERT All modules are set to BERT OTS9300 User Manual 3 99 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SYSTem VERBose This command selects short or long form command headers in query responses The query form returns the current setting Long form responses are composed of the full header keywords short form responses use the abbreviated keywords Syntax SYSTem VERBose SYSTem VERBose lt Boolean gt TST This query returns a Boolean value representing self test results Syntax TST WAI
121. antg com Table of Contents Table of Contents General Safety SUMIMAMY ccc cccecesceeeeceeneeceeeeceeeesenceceesseceseesneeeeeteneeeeeneneeeeenenees vii Preface ccz caese see tdeeedes cau leia cece aa a henselae de seva a E ET na donde xi Getting Started Prod ct DESCHIPTUON saiciisisventncadeecendiendansecdentenneianssnandeates ced sansansnannrennssantansncaanvenazanenneta 1 1 OTS9100 Features and Capabilities cececccccececeeeeeceeaeceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeenseeeeaeees 1 2 ACCESSOMICS 2s bcc ideale da ee dees aa ai cdedasestuadheet ante deerti dations nt teat 1 3 First Tim Operation iciicscccessecs coeicictavensees cotecietaevevsceccdattacieetnsedeclatbieeistavtasiesiennentaean 1 5 UNPACKING eee eee eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeaeeeeceeeaeeesecaaeeeseeaaeeeseeaeeeseenaeeeseenaeeeeeeaaes 1 5 OTS9100 Installation zmian aada a aai aa a ara a aaia 1 5 Removing Module Cards vice cecccdess hecetine iden EE 1 6 Slot Positioning Of Modules sses eaa EEE 1 7 Module Interconnection ncini aa E EAE E AAA EA 1 8 Power On and Software Initialization cccccccceceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeceeeaeeeeeeesesenneaeeeeeees 1 9 Mod le Quick Check iccscdsceticsactcavsnscccesvandsate und oiiaii a a a aa 1 10 Emergency Startup DiS Keasisss insets rronin AT tebe N A 1 11 Shutdown and Power Off ccccccceceecceceeeeeeeeececeaeeeeeeeeeseceaeeeeeeeseseceisaeeeeeeeeeteee 1 11 Operating Basics Front Panel Indicators and Connecto
122. apply in this mode PRBS Pattern and signal rate are the only valid controls Through Mode 7 hsa Non intrusive mode External data signal SONET SDH is passed through the module without modification Intrusive mode Active Through Mode Allows overhead bytes to be overwritten while regenerating the received signal SONET SDH Alarms and errors can also be added to the received signal prior to retransmission Several Overhead bytes in the first STS 3c or first 3 STS 1 s SONET or AU 4 SDH may be independently set as hexadecimal values in the range of 00 to FF The Al A2 B1 B2 and H1 H3 bytes may not be overwritten The settable bytes include JO E1 F1 D1 D3 K1 K2 M1 D4 D12 S1 and E2 Clear text coding and dedicated menus for S1 Synchronization Status Byte and K1 K2 MSP Multiplex Section Protection APS Automatic Protection Switching bytes may also be overwritten The B1 B2 bytes may be recalculated The path overhead may also be overwritten B3 may be recalculated J1 C2 F2 H4 Z3 F3 ZA K3 and Z5 N1 are the path overhead bytes available for overwriting The payload can be replaced with an internally generated payload by selecting the Overwrite Payload control NOTE In intrusive through mode any defect applied has immediate effect Certain anomalies have no effect unless overwrite is turned on for the anomaly byte This applies to B1 BIP B1 B2 BIP B2 REI L M1 B3 BIP B3 and REI P G1 Ran
123. aranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SOURce DATA SECTion TRACe This command sets the data sequence length and data byte values transmitted in the Section Trace JO byte of the Transport Overhead The data bytes are formatted as a standard IEEE 488 data block The query form returns the current settings lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA SECTion TRACe SOURce lt slot gt DATA SECTion TRACe lt Enum gt lt Block gt Parameters Description L1B Constant 8 bit data L16B A repeating sequence of 16 bytes 0 filled with CRC LI6FREE A repeating sequence of 16 bytes arbitrary format L64B A repeating sequence of 64 bytes space filled with CR LF L64FREE A repeating sequence of 64 bytes arbitrary format SOURce DATA SECTion TRACe TYPE This command sets the data sequence length transmitted in the Section Trace J0 byte of the Transport Overhead The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that s
124. as the extension his history data Although ResultsViewer file selection operations involve only the sum file both files are used and must be present and in the same directory Therefore Ifyou copy a test s results files to another computer or directory you must copy both the sum and the his files If you rename a test s results files you must rename both the sum and his file to have the same name Ifyou use the File menu Save As function to copy the currently active test results to a directory on the local computer the operation creates both the sum and the his files under the specified name Operation To start ResultsViewer double click on its icon It can also be started from TekUL by clicking on the View menu and selecting Test Results Opening files on the local computer 2 76 On the Local computer To open a file locally click on File and select Open Local File A dialog box displays from which the user may select one or more test results files Files with an extension of sum are test results files On the OTS System To open a file on the OTS system the ResultsViewer must be connected to an operating OTS system Once the ResultsViewer is connected click on File and select Open File on Server A dialog box appears with a listing of all available files their creation times and any Test Description text with which the user annotated the test OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Tech
125. ased on free CPU cycles Syntax SYSTem FILEs MGMT RESUIts INTErval SYSTem FILEs MGMT RESUIts INTErval lt NR1 gt SYSTem FILEs MGMT RESUIts PERcent This command sets the maximum percentage of disk volume that files are allowed to consume before deletion begins The order in which files are deleted is based on the sort criteria see the SORT command below The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem FILEs MGMT RESUIts PERcent SYSTem FILEs MGMT RESUIts PERcent lt NR1 gt OTS9300 User Manual 3 97 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SYSTem FILEs MGMT RESUIts SORT This command defines the sorting method by which files are prioritized for deletion The system default is by a file s creation time The query form returns the current sorting method Syntax SYSTem FILEs MGMT RESUIts SORT SYSTem FILEs MGMT RESUlIts SORT lt Enum gt Parameters Description CREAted Sort by creation time MODified Sort by last modified time ACCEssed Sort by last accessed time SYSTem FILEs MGMT RESUIlts TOTAIsize This command sets the maximum amount of space combined files are allowed to span before deletion is initiated The order in which files are deleted is based on the sort criteria see the SORT command below The query form returns the current setting NOTE Units for TOTAlsize are
126. at a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt MEASure WINDow SIZE SENSe lt slot gt MEASure WINDow SIZE lt NR1 gt SENSe OVERhead MONItor CHANnel This command selects the particular channel of the received signal from which overhead data is monitored The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt OVERhead MONItor CHANnel SENSe lt slot gt OVERhead MONItor CHANnel lt NR1 gt OTS9300 User Manual 3 51 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe SIGNal STANdard This command sets individual OTS9100 modules to the SONET or SDH signal mode The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module
127. ata in the floppy disk will be erased 6 The computer now creates your emergency disk The computer erases the disk and then copies the pertinent files onto it 7 When the computer finishes it will prompt you with a final message Exit the repair disk utility and remove your floppy disk Be sure to store it in a safe location C 2 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com A rtisan Artisan Technology Group is your source for quality TecmoogyGroup new and certified used pre owned equipment FAST SHIPPING AND SERVICE CENTER REPAIRS WE BUY USED EQUIPMENT DELIVERY Experienced engineers and technicians on staff Sell your excess underutilized and idle used equipment TENS OF THOUSANDS OF at our full service in house repair center We also offer credit for buy backs and trade ins IN STOCK ITEMS www artisantg com WeBuyEquipment 7 EQUIPMENT DEMOS HUNDREDS OF InstraV ea REMOTE INSPECTION LOOKING FOR MORE INFORMATION MANUFACTURERS Remotely inspect equipment before purchasing with Visit us on the web at www artisantg com 7 for more our interactive website at www instraview com information on price quotations drivers technical LEASING MONTHLY specifications manuals and documentation RENTALS ITAR CERTIFIED D a gaa tia Contact us 888 88 SOURCE sales artisantg com www artisantg com
128. ate serial com1a ndata system communicate serial com1a nstop system communicate serial com1a flow system communicate serial com1a parity system communicate serial com1a dtr system communicate serial com1a rts system communicate serial com2a as above system communicate network ipport system communicate serial com1a echo system communicate serial com1a prompt system communicate serial com1a rxterm system communicate serial com1a txterm system communicate serial com2a as above system communicate network as above system communicate port as above OTS9300 User Manual Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Commands Overview Remote Control Lockout These commands enable remote control lockout system lock request system lock release System Configuration Queries These commands provide the ability to query the modules installed in the OTS9100 system to determine what configurations are installed system config module slots system config module type system config module version system config module variant system config module serial Save and Restore System Settings These commands provide the save and restore functionality for system level settings SAV RCL system description setup System File Management These commands define the necessary settings to allow the system to delete old files thus preventing performance degradatio
129. ation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis PATH HPUNEQ SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis PATH HPUNEQ lt Boolean gt SENSe ANALysis PATH HPUNEQ LSS This command enables or disables the detection of LSS during HP UNEQ UNEQ P The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis PATH HPUNEQ LSS SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis PATH HPUNEQ LSS lt Boolean gt SENSe ANALysis PATH LABEI EXPEcted This command sets the comparison value for Path Label Mismatch analysis The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis PATH LABEI EXPEcted SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis PATH LABEI EXPEcted lt NR1 gt OTS9300 User Manual 3 27 A
130. ay is only active when the overhead channel is set to 1 OTS9300 User Manual 2 43 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Signal Monitor Path Overhead The path overhead menu as shown in Figure 2 39 displays the current activity of the path overhead as monitored by the selected receiver The Path Trace J1 and the C2 Status provide additional information received System Yiew Device Window Help IG E uA m a IJa on ofA Lasers IR e m m All Tests je Signal Monitor OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s Receiver 1 s Setup LED Display All M Transport Overhead Path Overhead Jkt K2 Bytes Payload Select m Path Overhead ee Signal Present Los LOF d Active Channel a Pause Update OTSSIFI 10 Gb s i i Rx til B3 2 c2 fa ZS Gi 44 OTS91R2 10 Gb Rixt F2 5 H4 46 Z3 ar OTS93A1 2 5 Gb s 24 48 Receiver 1 z5 49 m Path Trace J1 Expected frektronix BTT Received edefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz 0 Path Label Status C2 Received 43 ine ASCII decode defined Expected 01 Equipped Nonspecific Payload 0000800000 0000 0000 Bit Error Error Test For Help press F1 EE Inactive Of Laser Figure 2 39 Signal Monitor Path Overhead The Path Overhead section displays the overhead for the
131. ber is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt MEASure LINE CUMUlative lt Enum gt Parameters Description B2_C B2 errors B2_ES B2 errored seconds B2 ER B2 error ratio REI_C REI errors REIES REI errored seconds REIER REI error ratio AIS_ES AIS errored seconds RDI_ES RDI errored seconds OTS9300 User Manual 3 43 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe MEASure LINE CUMUlative ALL This query returns the values of all of the parameters of the SENSE MEASURE LINE CUMULATIVE query The parameters are returned in the order in which they are listed under SENSE MEASURE LINE CUMULATIVE Ratios are returned in NR3 format other values are returned in NR1 format lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt MEASure LINE CUMUlative ALL SENSe MEASure LINE WINDow 3 44 This query returns the value of t
132. bers Each condition appears as a bit value in one of the four parameter values returned the particular parameter and bit value appears in the table above Note that the high order eight bits of each parameter identify the parameter in question and do not represent LED status conditions The optional time parameter specifies the earliest time of interest lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt STATus LEDS NUMEric lt NR1 gt SENSe STATus PATH LEDS This query reports the occurence of various path layer error and status conditions typically shown by front panel status indicator lights The response is an integer number representing the time of the most recent status change followed by strings identifying the active conditions The strings are listed in the table below An optional numeric parameter specifies a time value such that only events that occurred after that time are reported If the time parameter is not present it defaults to zero corresponding to the start of the most recent test lt Slot gt is a
133. ccccceeeeeneeeeeenneeeeeseaeeeeesnaeeeeeeneeeeesnaeeeeeeaaes 3 6 Block Format 0 cccccceeeeeeececceeeeeeeeeceaeceeeeeeesecaaaeceeeeeeesececaeaeeeeeeeseesensecaeeeeees 3 7 Hex Block Format cececcccccceeeceeeeececceeceeeeeeeceeeaaaeceeeeeeesesecaeaeeeeeeeseesenieaeeeeeess 3 7 SCPI Commands and QueTrie s 0 cccccceeeecceceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeeeesaeeeeeeaas 3 8 Command FOPMAL neiise aa danesdaroeuddunneaedvcsrveatteteaeedeases 3 8 Query Format sieunna TOEA E a a 3 8 Parameter Types and Format ccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeneeeeeenaeeeensnaeeeeeeaaes 3 9 Optional and Alternative Parametels 0 ccccccceeceececeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeseceuaeeeeeeeeeteees 3 10 Abbreviating Commands Queries and ParameterS cccccccceeeeeeeseseceeeeeees 3 11 Controlling Responses to QUETICS 0 0 0 ect ee eteee ee teteee ee taeeeeetteeeeeteeeetnaeeeees 3 11 Chaining Commands and Queries c ccccccscccceesneceeeseneeeeeseneeeeesneeessnneeeessneeeeess 3 12 General RUGS i aiee aaa ai aaa aa a EAE Aaaa 3 13 Slot Specifies paroii aaa a a a a E a AEA 3 13 Command Description isiiciececcessssccidietecsassanscetcerveenesscedenes nanana rianan dtentenaaedanaaedcenens 3 14 PLES ta terse tha ane nalts setae gdb terest T erat dh aaa aa age ee ata ade ladda 3 14 PSE veces tices nts ais AE A A tients 3 14 MEER E E E A E E E smedeclen puaeeeraaedenze 3 14 MDN aerasi asi iie a E a aA a 3 14 URN ec
134. ce provides a capability to uniquely identify each of the multiple channels being carried in a Dense Wave Division Multiplexer DWDM system providing an end to end continuity check It is possible to extract for display the J1 trace to confirm channel ID The OTS9300 has the ability to generate unique J1 traces This allows test signals to be easily identified or to simulate network element generated traffic without the Trace Identifier Mismatch TIM alarm being generated The OTS9300 capability to display the received J1 trace allows users to verify continuity and correct routing of individual channels within the multi channel DWDM system To edit click on the Edit J1 Trace button A dialog box is displayed as shown in Figure 2 19 reflecting the current settings of the J1 Trace Click the appropriate radio button to choose between No Trace 16 Byte Trace and 64 Byte Trace To input a Trace Value click in the Trace Value box and start typing When edits are complete click OK to return to the main menu In 16 byte the last byte is filled with CRC In 64 byte the last two bytes are filled with CR LF xi C No Trace 16 Byte Trace G 707 Hex Value 64 Byte Trace GR 253 Trace Value Tektronix BTT Cancel Figure 2 19 Transmitter J1 Trace dialog box Edit C2 Byte The C2 byte is the Path Signal label The user has the option of setting the C2 byte for both the Active and Background channels The C2 byte can be any value
135. chnology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Syntax lt Block gt An array of arbitrary binary data bytes including characters not in the ASCII printing character set A block is transmitted as a block header followed by data bytes as in the following example 216ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOP in which gt The character indicates that what follows is a block of data gt The first digit 2 in this example is the number of digits in the block length field gt The next digits of which there are two in this example indicate the number of bytes of data that follow In this example there are 16 bytes so the block length field is 16 There are two digits in 16 so the character 2 following the is the digit count The bytes that follow ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOP are the actual data The number of bytes of data must match the number indicated by the block header Optional and alternative parameters 3 10 Some parameters are optional these appear in brackets lt SENSE STATUS LEDS lt NR1 gt The command description includes the meaning of the parameter and the effect of leaving it out Some parameters may accept data of more than one type the alternatives are shown separated by a vertical bar For example SYSTEM COMMUNICATE GPIB PRIMARY lt Enum gt lt NR1 gt means that the command can accept either a keyword from the given enum list or an
136. command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device Syntax SOURce lt slot gt OUTPut LASER INFO WAVElength SOURce OUTPut LASER INTERIlock This query returns the state of the interlock key switch on the OTS 9300 interface module connected to the selected transmitter The key must be on for the laser to operate lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt OUTPut LASER INTERIock OTS9300 User Manual 3 81 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SOURce SIGNal STANdard This command sets individual modules to the SONET or SDH signal mode The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example
137. containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device The optional numeric parameter specifies STS 1 1 through STS 1 3 in the currently monitored channel if this parameter is omitted the selection defaults to STS 1 1 The command lt SENSe OVERhead MONItor CHANnel selects a particular group of three STS 1s that the receiver monitors There are 9 bytes in the block returned These correspond to the overhead bytes J1 B3 C2 G1 F2 H4 F3 K3 and N1 Byte If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt DATA POH ALL lt NR1 gt SENSe DATA POH BYTE This query returns a single byte of data from the Path Overhead data for the selected active channel in the received signal The numeric parameter with range 1 to 9 specifies the byte in the order listed under SENSe DATA POH ALL lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slo
138. cs User Interface System View Device Window Help e En kA Bt AL om ofan kasers xi IQ gt m m E AN Tests Je Measurements OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s Receiver 1 SI LED Display All z y Signal Monitor Test Control aint Section and Line mE Path Real Time Cumulative History Seconds fis pl Clear Signal Present wos LOF SEF O FAs s C Selected 0TS91A1 10 Gb s Rx 1 Ez Measurement Results Last 10 Seconds D TMs OTSS1R2 10 Gb s Error Errored Seconds Error Counts Error Ratios Rze 1 AISP heee Po LOP P 0 oo OTS93A1 2 5 Gb s B3 0 0 0 000e 000 ae Receiver 1 RDP E y LOPP ERDI P Payload I 0 O B3 ERDI P Server I 0 RDP ERDEP Connectivity 0 a REIP I 0 0 0 000e 000 O UNEQP TIM P I 10 z PLMP LSS UNEQ P E O BitEnor PLM P I 0 LSS E Bit Errors I 0 I 0 0 000e 000 eile Ie Peeve an H Figure 2 46 Real Time menu Path display System wiew Device window Help gli n Aa ma ija On off All Lasers z IR gt m Mm fA Tests iE o Measurements OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s Receiver 1 a Signal Monitor RealTime Cumulative History F Measurements C Section and Line Seconds fio pl Clear Signal Present Rx C Path ws L Painters Pointer Value 0 O Lor OTSSIR1 10 Gb s C Selected SEF Rx 1 Painter Size p O FAS O 81 Tims n m Measurement Results Last 10 Second
139. d m File delete move criteria m File Date T Delete files older than p Min utes File Count IV Allow maximum of 100 Files File Size T Limit total results files to p Megabytes T Limit total results files to p Percent of free disk space Delete files by oldest Creation time Action for qualifying files Delete Move to directory Check for file deletion every fi 0 Minutes Cancel Figure 2 64 Results File Management dialog box The cleanup facility allows files to be moved or removed based on their absolute age the total number of files present or the total size of the files either in absolute megabytes or as a percentage of the total capacity of the disk The age of a file is determined based on the Delete files by oldest setting The number of files present counts sets of results data a summary file and its associated history file count as one results file set When enough files have been added to the list to meet all enabled limits the indicated files are either deleted or moved to the indicated directory If processing of a given file fails possibly due to file permissions or the destination directory being unavailable processing of files will proceed through the remainder of the list For a move to complete successfully the target directory must exist and be accessible to the OTS system If a move fails the system will simply retry
140. data SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A NSTOP This command sets the number of stop bits per character on the COM1 serial port The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A NSTOP SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A NSTOP lt Enum gt Parameters Description N1A One stop bit N1P5A One and one half stop bits N2 Two stop bits SY STem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A PARIty 3 88 This command sets for the COM1 serial port the function of the high order eighth bit in each serial The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A PARIty SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A PARIty lt Enum gt Parameters Description NONE No parity ODD Odd parity EVEN Even parity MARK The parity bit is always set SPACE The parity bit is always clear OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A PROMpt This command enables or disables the user prompt on the COM1 serial port When the prompt is enabled the system prompts when it is ready for a command The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A PROMpt SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A PROMpt lt Boolean gt SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A RATE This command sets the baud rate for the COM1 serial port The query form re
141. data at 622 Mb s M155C Bulk data at 155 Mb s M51A Bulk data at 51 Mb s SONET only 3 58 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SOURce DATA CHANhnel This command sets the active channel of the signal generated by the transmitter The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA CHANnel SOURce lt slot gt DATA CHANnel lt NR1 gt SOURce DATA CHANnel REPLicate This command enables insertion of the active channel payload into all channels of the generated signal When enabled all channels contain identical payload data and the background channel settings have no effect The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the
142. data spe PRBS Overhead Analysis sense analysis overhead PRBS Overhead sense data overhead Received Signal Measurement Commands OTS9300 module These commands provide control of the signal measurement functions Line parameters sense measure line cumulative sense measure line window Section parameters sense measure section cumulative sense measure section window Path parameters sense measure path cumulative sense measure path window Windowed measurement setup sense measure window APS measurements sense measure apstime Pointer measurements sense measure pointer cumulative sense measure pointer window PRBS Overhead measurements sense measure overhead prbs Received Signal Analysis Commands OTS9300 module These commands provide control of the signal analysis functions GR 253 analysis Line parameters sense analysis gr253a line GR 253 analysis Path parameters sense analysis gr253a path GR 253 analysis Section parameters sense analysis gr253a section G 826 analysis MS parameters sense analysis g826a ms G 826 analysis Path parameters sense analysis g826a path G 826 analysis RS parameters sense analysis g826a rs Receiver Test Control OTS9300 module Test execution continuous timed repetitive lt SENSe TEST MODE Timed test duration SENSe TEST TIME Test annotation text SENSe TEST DESCription Test start stop and run state query lt SENSe TEST STATe Test elapsed time quer
143. des clock output and received data from selected byte See Table A 5 for the connector pin assignments Table A 5 Pin assignments for Receiver DCC connector Pin number Description 6 Receive Clock True 13 Receive Clock Compliment 4 Receive Data True 11 Receive Data Compliment 1 Ground 8 Ground OTS9300 User Manual A 13 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Specifications Certifications and Compliance Laser Safety The lasers in the OTS9300 module comply with the following U S Class IIIb per 21 CFR 1040 European Class 3A per IEC 60825 1 The label shown in Figure A 1 should appear on all OTS chassis with optical laser cards installed If the label is not present contact your local Tektronix sales representative Figure A 1 Optical Laser Safety label CE Mark Compliance EMC Compliance Directive OTS9300 155Mb s to 2 5Gb s SONET SDH DWDM Test Module installed in the Optical Test System meets the requirements of Directive 89 336 EEC for Electromagnetic Compatibility for all modules NOTE If the module is installed into an OTS9010 chassis the chassis must be serial number B000225 or higher for EMC compatibility A 14 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com List of Acronyms AIS L AMI ANSI ASCII BBE BER B
144. dom Bit Random SPE Bit and payload bit may always be applied OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Internal Payload Structures Specifications A foreground active channel can fill less than the total signal bandwidth and the remaining signal can be filled with background channels Or the foreground active channel can be replicated to fill the total signal bandwidth where all active path components are replicated i e payload path overhead anomalies and defects The possible configurations are Background Channel Output Rate Foreground Channel STS 3 STM 1 1 x STS 1 VC 3 2 x STS 1 VC 3 or or 1 x STS 3c VC 4 None STS 12 STM 4 1 x STS 1 VC 3 11 x STS 1 VC 3 or or 1 x STS 3c VC 4 9 x STS 1 VC 3 or 3 x STS 3c VC 4 or or 1 x STS 12c VC 4 4c None STS 48 STM 16 1 x STS 1 VC 3 47 x STS 1 VC 3 or or 1 x STS 3c VC 4 45 x STS 1 VC 3 or 15 x STS 3c VC 4 or or 1 x STS 12c VC 4 4c 36 x STS 1 VC 3 or 12 x STS 3c VC 4 or or 3 x STS 12c VC 4 4c 1 x STS 48c VC 4 16c or None Test Patterns The test patterns available include PN15 PN15 Inverted PN23 PN23 Inverted ITU T 0 181 PN31 PN31 Inverted All zeros All ones Fixed 16 bit Data user editable OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Specifications Overhe
145. dow Help e i 8 A a m a On ofAllLasers IR b gt oo L Al Tests C ae Setup OTS93T1 2 5 Gb s Transmitter 1 LED Display TE oa Signal Transport Overhead Path Overhead Error Insertion K1 K2 Decode occ Orderwire oo K1 K2 Bytes A OTS91R1 10 Gb s Signal Present Rix H K1 00 Hex Request 0 No Request Los fa 0000 0000 Binary Request Channel 0 LOF OTSSIR2 10 Gb s ie R tT K2 og Hex Bridged Channel me 00000000 Binary Architecture 0141 oo Mode 0 iale O 0TS91T1 10 Gb s O Tx 1 la pene Edit K1 K2 Bytes oo oO OTS91T2 10 Gb s Te 1 Q 0 RX Q 5 3 OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s Receiver 1 O TX E pee ce it Transmitter 1 BitEror Bo For Help press F1 C Thee clue aunties or Figure 2 26 Transmitter K1 K2 Decode menu The values are displayed in both Hex and Binary format To edit click the Edit K1 K2 Bytes button This brings up the Edit K1 K2 APS Bytes dialog box shown in Figure 2 27 The dialog box displays the current K1 K2 settings and allows the option to edit the bytes OTS9300 User Manual 2 29 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Edit K1 K2 APS Bytes me xl K1 00 Hex Request 0 No Request z 0000 0000 Binary Request Channel jo K2 00 Hex Bridged Channel jo 0000 0000 Binary Architecture 0 1
146. dule slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA PATH OVERhead PASSthru lt Enum gt SOURce lt slot gt DATA PATH OVERhead PASSthru lt Enum gt lt Boolean gt Parameters Description JIA J1 path trace byte bit value 1 C2A C2 path label byte bit value 2 in ALL command G1A G1 byte bit value 4 F2A F2 byte bit value 8 H4A H4 byte bit value 16 Z3A F3 Z3 byte bit value 32 Z4A K3 Z4 byte bit value 64 Z5A N1 Z5 byte bit value 128 PAYLoad Payload data bit value 256 3 62 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SOURce DATA PATH OVERhead PASSthru ALL This command controls the source of transmitted path overhead data in Through Mode The parameter is a numeric value in which each bit enables retransmission of received data for one specific path overhead field The bit values are shown under SOURce DATA PATH OVERhead PASSthru The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional n
147. e source data section trace source data path trace source data toh source data poh source data overhead passthrough source data parity loop source data path parity loop source aps byte source data overhead source data path overhead Receiver Commands OTS9300 module These commands provide configuration and control of the receiver settings 3 4 Signal type Signal standard Receiver input threshold Line rate Signal structure Active payload channel Payload data Generate trigger on anomaly or defect received Received signal status JO section trace received JO section trace comparison value J1 path trace received J1 path trace comparison value Path label mismatch Path label mismatch analysis Overhead monitor channel selection Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation sense signal type sense signal standard sense input threshold sense data rate sense data structure sense data channel sense data payload pattern sense trigger mode sense status leds sense status path leds sense data section trace sense analysis section trace sense data path trace sense analysis path trace sense data poh hpplm sense data poh c2a byte sense analysis path sense overhead monitor channel OTS9300 User Manual Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Commands Overview Transport overhead data received sense data toh SPE Stuffing sense
148. e Register that is set and for which the corresponding Service Request Enable Register bit is set causes a Service Request SRQ The query form returns the current setting of this register Syntax SRE SRE lt NR1 gt OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description STB This query returns the current value of the IEEE 488 2 Status Byte Register Syntax STB STATus PRESet This command initializes the Interface Status subsystem to a defined initial state Syntax STATus PRESet Parameters Description NONE The GPIB port is disabled SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB PRIMary This command sets the primary address for the GPIB remote control port A value of NONE disables the GPIB port The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB PRIMary SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB PRIMary lt Enum gt lt NR1 gt Parameters Description NONE The GPIB port is disabled SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB SECOndary This command sets the secondary address for the GPIB port A value of NONE disables secondary addressing The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB SECOndary SYSTem COMMunicate GPIB SECOndary lt Enum gt lt NR1 gt Parameters Description NONE Secondary GPIB addressing is disabled OTS9300 User Manual 3 83 Artisan Technology Group Quality
149. e Tektronix splash screen on start up Exporting test data to other programs ResultsViewer can export results data as either ASCII text primarily intended for documentation or delimited formatted ASCII text readable by spreadsheet programs Exporting text To export the test results file as text click on Export and select Summary text to File This option writes an ASCII file containing exactly the same information as the printed output of the Print Results command Summary text to Clipboard writes the same ASCII text to the Windows clipboard Summary Text Preview displays the same text in a pop up window Exporting numeric data Under the Export menu the Data to File selection writes a file of delimited ASCII data containing information selected by the user Data to Clipboard writes the same information to the Windows clipboard Data Preview displays the same text in a pop up window The following paragraphs describe the data available the formats and the process of configuring a file to contain the desired information The data Table 2 2 shows a sample output which reflects all possible fields of data 2 78 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Table 2 2 Sample output of data from a test results file
150. e returned as NR3 values other parameters as NR1 values lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis G826A PATH FAR ALL 3 18 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe ANALysis G826A PATH NEAR This query returns the value of the specified Near End Path parameter from G 826 analysis of received data Ratios are returned as NR3 values other parameters as NR1 values lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis G826A PATH N
151. e that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA STRUcture SOURce lt slot gt DATA STRUcture lt Enum gt Parameter Description G2P5C Bulk data at 2 5 Gb s M622C Bulk data at 622 Mb s M155C Bulk data at 155 Mb s M51A Bulk data at 51 Mb s SONET only OTS9300 User Manual 3 71 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SOURce DATA TOH BYTE M1A This command sets the value of the M1 byte in the generated STS 1 1 Transport Overhead data The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA TOH BYTE M1A
152. e use of the Through Mode selections available in the Overhead menu as shown in Figure 2 13 If the box is checked for Regenerate B1 B2 Parity the receiver will recalculate the B1 B2 parity and insert the new information into the overhead as the signal is passed through the module To disable B1 B2 parity regeneration ensure that the Regenerate B1 B2 Parity box is not selected To overwrite an incoming byte click in the box beside the selection under the Overwrite Incoming heading If you wish to keep a byte from being overwritten make sure the box beside the selection is not selected The bytes available to be overwritten are JO Trace C1 Byte E1 F1 D1 D3 Section DCC K1 K2 APS D2 D12 Line DCC S1 Sync Status M1 Z2 and E2 Parity regeneration is always enabled if the user chooses to overwrite any incoming Overhead bytes JO Trace Ci Byte 1 KZ APS D4 Di2 Line DEC S1 Syne Status MN NM lal ili tii ae Figure 2 13 Through Mode Overwrite menu NOTE When using through mode on the OTS9300 the Transmitter module card MUST be to the immediate left of the Receiver module card The only card allowed between them is the CPU card If the module card placement does not meet this criteria through mode will not be a selectable menu option 2 18 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface
153. eceeeceeaseeseceeeeceaueasseeeeseeaeaaaneseeeeesees 2 8 Client LOCK OU o aunis aeien dinntensiueviche Sine etessadaads EEEE scans 2 8 LED WINDOW corian na aaiae aai a Ea AA A 2 9 Module LED Paine scicciicsccesasccccrsiacecaeotsddvvnsaa dvcneasnacava Gacwiacdenadcvassidudacdsaascendoadeiawes 2 9 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Table of Contents LED Display Selection 00 00 eeccceececeeeeenneeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeesaeeeeeenaeeeeeeaes 2 11 Navigation WindOW ccccccccceeeeeeeeee entree ee enneeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeeesaeeeeeeaeeeseenaeeeeeenaeeeeeaas 2 12 Setup MENUS siosioina a dee cauaveceadensdaadecnraseadunasoaGddaweceacanana coax 2 12 Iransmiter SIGMA eases edeveeee ceciweas ces an dvwrapesverwsaseevnsds Gpelevandenaeueiess 2 13 Signal Standard sc2eiacigiiaetiinseid encanta teddies date enti ete 2 13 oignal Rate eeir a E AE EEA 2 14 SIQMal et ET A E E E 2 14 Timing SOUCO seisi TE SNA EES AANE S 2 14 Trigger Output eee cece ee eeeeeeeeeeneeeeeteneeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeseeeaeeeseeaeeeeeenaeees 2 15 Active Channel S ccccccceceseeeeeeeeeeneeeeseenaeeeeeeaeeeeeecaeeeeeenaneeeeeneeeeseaaes 2 15 Background Channels iiss iccceets ceeteens opetectteeeeceetpeae tt ehete dips a geese eee cee 2 16 Transmitter Overhead iciccstccccecusncedectvacedecsiniceuste udev antyecestuivedscvanideestucndevdaan 2 17 Edit Overhead ea cicecctedieett
154. ecietecadeaiecetatee teats iedadeveneasteetadintaat Wectadins 2 17 Torough Mode cece sccevevsdeddeveicaceedvatadeesbanaces cvadiddeetanacestvtadeesdnaceteradedeevtde 2 18 MITEV Goca sebddthocent ddetdecvadadediiiies svhleaesh deethaseadede i aaah cee thee 2 19 JO Multisbyte Traces secossa a AE aak 2 19 91 Status DytO oo eee EEEE EEEE 2 19 Transmitter Path Overhead cccceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeseieeeeesneeeeetieeeeetiaeeeer 2 21 Edit Path Overheads sincsen a pemaredeetee ge eeedee eaten pede 2 22 Path Through Mod 0 icctcccin ite seine ean atte eee eal 2 22 J1 Multi byte Trace seccacccnnncancnanananannnaa 2 23 Edit CZ Dyt surcsanererens at i KORENA A S 2 23 Transmitter Error Injector aaia ai aaa 2 25 Anomaly Nseries a a T E tesveuediens 2 26 Defect Insertion asseeeeneeennesennnsesnnentinnnnisnunstannnnnennnntannnnnananatannennennne 2 28 Transmitter K1 K2 Decode o ssnonnnnnnssesnnnnrnurssnsrnrrrrnresnnrnrrrrorssnnrrrreresnsrn 2 29 Transmitter DCC Orderwire ssseeessssesesrnesssrnasnennserannaansnnnnanannaanennaatannaaeeaa 2 32 Receiver Setup Signal srecna essen iai ANKRET EENES 2 33 Signal Standard ss scccscniriniii atana aAA 2 33 oignal Typo eesiocirinc anani A AAAA 2 34 SGMall Rate ara E A E A A 2 34 Signal Structure nosne A de ch midetli a cea eceetiiens 2 34 Active Channel S cceecceceeeneeeceeceeeeeeeeaeeeseenaeeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeeeenaeeeeeeaes 2 35 Trigger QUU acesar eienen enini EARE EREE EE
155. ect either All Summary or Selected Figure 2 9 reflects the LED Window for each of the LED Display selections If All is selected from the LED Display menu the indicators will activate if the defined condition for that indicator is present on any card in the system If Summary is selected the LED Window displays three separate indicators for each receiver the user interface has identified The indicators reflect the signal present along with current and historical error status for each receiver individually If Selected is chosen the Select button will activate a pop up menu allowing the user to select a set of receivers to be included in the display Status information will be displayed in the same fashion as the Display All mode This display configuration is useful in situations when the status of some receiver cards in the system is not of interest to the user xl LED Display Eog LED Display RR LED Display Selected gt OTSSIRI 1 Signal Present Signal Present aos 5 CI em gt Q 2 asa 3 o M A 5 LED Selection E Ero OTSSIAI 1 OTS93R1 1 O OTS91R2 1 z Signal Present Q 0T593A1 1 Ero Q Q x Clear History a z Le Q Q S Q z Q O 8 Bit Error Bit Error 3 Cancel Test Laser 1 ___ L i OF Test Laser Test Laser ee liens Of remitting Of All Summary Selected LED Selection dialog box Figure 2 9 L
156. ected manner There are three parameters that require setup before the test is activated To set click the Edit Test Parameters button to display the Set APS Test Parameters dialog box as shown in Figure 2 61 2 64 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Set APS Test Parameters x Condition Tested SEF z Test Time Limit 0 60000 ms 100 Switch Time Threshold 0 60000 ms fso Cancel Figure 2 61 Set APS Test Parameters dialog box The Condition Tested selects the condition that triggers an APS switch The test will not begin until this condition occurs and it will end when the last condition occurs The conditions available are SEF OOF LOS B1 B2 B3 TSE AIS L AIS P RDI L and RDI P The Test Time Limit defines the time the test will run AFTER the first condition occurs Once the first condition occurs the Test Time Limit starts and ends the test once the limit is reached To set the limit click in the text box and enter the new limit up to one minute The Switch Time Threshold is the test limit The APS switch time entered as usec is the time elapsed between the first condition occurrence and the last condition occurrence If the time between these two events exceeds the Switch Time Threshold the test fails If the time is within the Switch Time Threshold the test passes To set this thresh
157. ected to the appropriate circuit Laser Lockout Remote Interlock Laser LOCKOUT is a safety device The key switch disables the laser output when it is turned to the Locked position The laser output can only be turned on when the key is in the Unlocked position REMOTE INTERLOCK is a bantam plug normally closed connection internally wired in series with the laser lockout key switch It can be used with additional hardware to disable the laser output NOTE The laser output cannot be enabled unless e The Laser Lockout key switch is set to the on Unlocked position e The Remote Interlock is either not used or externally enabled e The Laser output is software enabled DATA OUT The Data Output provides an electrical copy of Optical Output The signal information is always identical on both outputs 2 5G CLK IN The 2 5G Clock Input makes available an input for an external clock signal at 2 48832GHz to be applied DCC The Data Communications Channel provides a clock output and accepts data for an external data stream to be added to Transport or Path Overhead The controlling bits are Section D1 D3 SDCC Line D4 D12 LDCC and user selected bytes F1 F2 F3 El or E2 2 5 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface User Interface The user interface software for the OTS Family Optical Test System c
158. ection of Path Label Mismatch errors If enabled the detection of Generic Unequipped code 01 does not cause a Path Label Mismatch error The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis PATH HPPLM GENEric SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis PATH HPPLM GENEric lt Boolean gt 3 26 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe ANALysis PATH HPUNEQ This command enables or disables the inclusion of Path Label Unequipped errors in the analysis of received signals The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot design
159. ects the fixed test pattern for the transmitter signal The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA PAYLoad PAT Tern UDATA lt SOURce lt slot gt DATA PAYLoad PAT Tern UDATA lt NR1 gt OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SOURce DATA POH ALL This command sets the values of all bytes in the generated STS 1 1 Path Overhead data The query form returns the current setting There are 9 bytes in the data block For SONET these bytes are J1 B3 C2 G1 F2 H4 Z3 Z4 N1 for SDH these bytes are J1 B3 C2 G1 F2 H4 F3 K3 N1 lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command mus
160. ed Signal Standard determines the signal rates available for use For SONET and SDH selections the available signal rates include o 2 488 Gb s o 622 Mb s o 155 Mb s For BERT selections the available signal rates include o 2 666 Gb s o 2 488 Gb s o 1 244 Gb s o 622 Mb s o 155 Mb s Signal Structure Signal structure allows the user to choose the mapping structure of the received signal The mapping structures provided are listed in the table below As shown the structures all provide concatenated structures SONET SDH 1x STS 48c 1 x VC4 16c 4x STS 12c 4 x VC4 4c 16 x STS 3c 16 x VC4 64 x STS 1 64 x VC3 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Active Channel s The Active Channel s section controls the settings for signal structure and test pattern of the selected active channel s To set the active channel use the up down cursors or click the Set Channel button When the Set Channel button is clicked the bar for Active channel changes into an interactive menu Type in the text box to select the channel or click Set Channel to choose channel 1 Test Pattern Test Pattern allows the user the select a patterns to fill the chosen active channel of the internally generated signal The patterns available are o PN15 PRBS 215 1 Inverted PN15 ITU 0 151 PN23 PRBS 223 1 Inv
161. eed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Table of Contents Measurements Menu ccccceeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeencaeeeeesaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeesesnaeeeeeeneeeeeeaaes 2 51 Measurements Real Time ccccceeeeceeeeeeeenneeeeeeeeeeeeeneeesessaeeeseenaeeeeeeaaes 2 51 Measurements CUMUIatiVE eee cence eee eeneeeceeeeeeeeeaeeeeetaeeeseenaeeeeeeaaes 2 54 Measurements HiStory 2 c cccccecesecaeeceecdeneseceedenesececnersnecdenesececeeeensedeneeeceess 2 57 Analysis Menu ii i 3iciiiiieenitiaitei ile ddd dea das 2 60 Analysis SONE T TIM l i ceenccindieheiatntiae ian neiie anes 2 60 Analysis SDA G 2826 vsdiaccsvshsctesvuedazdavedadesvedediavpidal a ENIA AARAA AEAEE 2 62 APS Measurements MenU ssssesssesssssesssrnsseennanrennaasnnanatannaaeennaatannaannnnaatannaaenaa 2 64 Remote Access Setup ccceccececceceeeeeeeeeeeaeceeeeeeeseceaaaeeeeeeeeesecenaeeeeeeeeeseesneaeess 2 67 Select Server oon se eeeceececceeeeceeeeeceeeeeneeeeeaaneeseeaaeeeeeeaaeeeseeaaeaeseeaaeeeseeqaeaeseenenaeseenenaeess 2 68 VIEW OptlOnS i lt eecesscsseecticeccecsdancananndcvedessandauanhadadcesduzdaweuncegcdevsandanchaadaceavieensenanecdeets 2 69 Display Notation gccieicactieediecteass ectetedeendei siete dentate teehee leniaerieetet ies 2 69 Page Withee i iecects neecteteneeaith Medd taeehaniveton ented AAAS 2 70 SEIVER SYSlSM seccsecdd vee den sees dade E iti whine ees dadatet need aaa deta eed 2 70 Display Contiguratom sasse E a A E
162. eference Remote Commands Command Description SOURce DATA PARIty LOOP B2A This command enables the local calculation of the B2 parity bit when the transmitter is in Through Mode This setting has no effect when the payload is internally generated Only the ON and OFF values are valid for a set command The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA PARIty _LOOP B2A SOURce lt slot gt DATA PARIty LOOP B2A lt Enum gt Parameters Description OFF Bit value is taken from the received signal ON Bit value is regenerated from the transmitted data F_OFF Bit value is taken from the received signal independent of the setting of this parameter query response only F_ON Bit value is regenerated from the transmitted data independent of the setting of this parameter query response only SOURce DATA PATH OVERhead PASSthru This command controls the source of transmitted path overhead data in Through Mode The first parameter specifies a path overhead data field the second selects whether that field s data comes from the received signal ON or is generated by the transmitter OFF The query form returns the current setting for the specified field lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the mo
163. el connectors l With an in line attenuator connect a single mode optical cable between the Optical OUT and Optical IN connectors on the Optics module card A CAUTION Signal levels greater than 8dBm will damage the Optical Input devices Always pad the input level to less than OdBm Always use a minimum of 3dBm of attenuation when connecting the module transmit output to its receive input Failure to do so will overload the optical detector 2 Ifthe instrument is not already powered on start the system as described in the Power On and Software Initialization procedure of the previous section 3 From the System menu click Signal Standard and select Set to SONET 4 Click the Setup bar in the Navigation window and select the OTS93T1 2 5Gb s 1 icon 5 Select the Signal tab and make the following selections from the pull down menus Signal Source Internal Signal Rate 2 488 Gb s Timing Source Internal Trigger Output Anomaly Active Channel Signal Structure STS 1 Active Channel Test Pattern PRBS 223 1 ITU 6 Select the Error Insertion tab and make the following selections Anomaly Insertion Setup Type None Defect Insertion Setup Type None 7 In the Navigation window select the OTS93R1 2 5Gb s Rx 1 icon and make the following selections Receiver Threshold Offset 0 Signal Rate 2 488 Gb s Active Channel Signal Structure STS 1 Active Channel Test Pattern PRBS 223 1 ITU
164. el is displayed System Yiew Device Window Help le E it Aa Gk IJa on ofA Lasers IR e m m fall Tests gt Transport Overhead Path Overhead K1 K2 Bytes Payload Eee i m Signal structure i 48x STS 1 Signal Present OTS91R1 10 Gb s if Los Rx 1 QO000000 0000000000 000000000000000000000000000000 LOF OTS91R2 10 Gb s Click a trace to identify its structure and channel Rx 1 RX oO OTS93A1 2 5 Gb s Receiver 1 Signal Structure STS 48c Active Channel il Receiver structure channel are not valid for this signal 00000800000 0000 00000 Bit Error Clear History History For Help press F1 C EET E a Figure 2 41 Signal Monitor Payload OTS9300 User Manual 2 47 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Test Control Menu When Test Control is selected from the Navigation window the Test Control menu is displayed as shown in Figure 2 42 The Test Control menu allows the user to choose the type of test to run and the time the test will run stem View Device Window Help s leiku Bens o IR e Oo E fan Tests gt a Signal Monitor Test Control RX 0TS91R1 10 Gb s Rs 1 RX i g0 OTS91R2 10 Gb s Rs 1 OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s Receiver 1 a Summary APS Meas For Help press F1 r Current Test
165. els D Signal Structure 5T5 48c F OTS93T1 2 5 Gb s i Transmitter 1 Test Patter PRBS 2723 1 Inverted ITU 0 151 SA EBS B SPE V C3 Stuf Column Control LI l Signal Monitor Error Test Laser For Help press F1 Fre E Off Main Status bar Client Lockout Figure 2 6 Location of the elements of the User Interface Main Status Bar The main status bar as shown in Figure 2 6 provides a summary status of the laser test and error insertion states of all modules If any laser is active in the system the status bar will show a Laser On warning Otherwise the status bar will show Laser Off Ifa test is active in any module in the system the status bar will show Test Active otherwise it will show Test Inactive If an error insertion rate is active the status bar shows Error Active otherwise Error Inactive is displayed OTS9300 User Manual 2 7 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Toolbar The toolbar provides easy access to different views and selections of the user interface The buttons on the toolbar provides a toggle between the LED window and the module LED panel the system view the Navigation window the laser and test control bars and the SCPI output Each of these controls is discussed in further detail in later sections The presence of the toolbar can be toggled via the View menu Laser Control Bar The Laser C
166. em to Avoid Fire or Personal Injury Use Proper Power Cord To avoid fire hazard use only the power cord specified for this product Use Proper Power Source Do not operate this product from a power source that applies more than the voltage specified Connect and Disconnect Properly Do not connect or disconnect test leads while they are connected to a voltage source Avoid Electric Overload To avoid electric shock or fire hazard do not apply a voltage to a terminal that is outside the range specified for that terminal Ground the Product This product is grounded through the grounding conductor of the power cord To avoid electric shock the grounding conductor must be connected to earth ground Before making connections to the input or output terminals of the product ensure that the product is properly grounded Observe All Terminal Ratings To avoid fire or shock hazard observe all ratings and markings on the product Consult the product manual for further ratings information before making connections to the product The common terminal is at ground potential Do not connect the common terminal to elevated voltages Do not apply a potential to any terminal including the common terminal that exceeds the maximum rating of that terminal Use Proper AC Adapter Use only the AC adapter specified for this product Do Not Look into the End of a Fiberglass Cable Never look into the end of a fiberglass cable or a single fiber wh
167. en edits are complete click OK to return to the main menu In 16 byte the last byte is filled with CRC In 64 byte the last two bytes are filled with CR LF xi C NoTrace 16 Byte Trace G 707 Hex Value C 64 Byte Trace GR 253 fa Trace Value Tektronix BTT Cancel Figure 2 14 Transmitter JO Trace dialog box S1 Status byte The S1 Status byte can be any value from 0x00 to OxFF and may be set in hexadecimal or symbolic form To edit the S1 byte click the Edit S1 button This brings up a dialog box shown in Figure 2 15 The dialog box displays the current S1 setting and allows the option to edit the byte via hexadecimal or symbolic form OTS9300 User Manual 2 19 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Set 51 Byte alue x Symbolic 00 STU Synchronized Traceability Unknown alig pe Cancel Figure 2 15 S1 Byte dialog box Type in the text box by the Hex heading to input a new value or click on the Symbolic button and click on the pull down menu The values available from the pull down menu are o STU Synchronized Traceability Unknown o STI Stratum 1 Traceable o ST2 Stratum 2 Traceable o 0A ST3 Stratum 3 Traceable o 0C SMC SONET Minimum Clock Traceable o OE RES Reserved for network synchronization use o OF DUS Do not use for synchronization 2 20 OTS9300 User Manual
168. ength See the command SOURce DATA PATH TRACe TYPE for the format of the enum value returned lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt DATA PATH TRACe TYPE SENSe DATA PATH TRACe VALUe This query returns the most recently received J1 path trace data The data bytes are returned in IEEE 488 block data format lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt DATA PATH TRACe VALUe 3 34 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe DA
169. entation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe MEASure APSTime MAXTime This command sets the maximum time for APS switch time measurement The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt MEASure APSTime MAXTime SENSe lt slot gt MEASure APSTime MAXTime lt NR1 gt SENSe MEASure APSTime RUN This command starts 1 an APS switch time measurement or stops 0 any measurement in progress lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt MEASure APSTime RUN lt Boolea
170. erent module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt MEASure APSTime THREshold SENSe lt slot gt MEASure APSTime THREshold lt NR1 gt SENSe MEASure APSTime VALUe This query returns as a NR1 value the APS switch time value measured by the most recently performed APS measurement lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt MEASure APSTime VALUe SENSe MEASure LINE CUMUlative This query returns the value of the specified result parameter for the most recent test lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot num
171. erted PN23 ITU 0 151 PN31 PRBS 2431 1 Inverted PN31 ITU 0 150 All Zeros All Ones o Fixed Data 8 bit When Fixed Data is selected a button marked Edit Fixed Data is displayed To change the Fixed Data to a different value click the Edit Fixed Data button and type the new value into the text box beside the button In the Test Pattern selection box observe that the value after Fixed Data changes to match the newly entered value oOo oOo o SPE VC3 Stuff Column Control The stuff column control allows column 30 and column 59 of the SPE VC3 to be stuffed with either all zeros or with the payload pattern This option is only available if the pattern is STS 1 or VC3 Trigger Output The Trigger Output allows the user to select what condition activates the output trigger Check the appropriate box for Anomaly Defect or Payload Bit Error trigger or activate all three Triggering on defects provides an active HIGH for each frame in which a defect is inserted Triggering on anomalies provides an active HIGH for each frame in which an anomaly is inserted Triggering on the payload bit error provides an active HIGH for every occurring TSE error Receiver Threshold Offset The Receiver Threshold Offset provides a means to change the decision point of the signal eye The decision point is the point at which the signal is declared a one or a zero The receiver threshold offset allows the user to shift this decision point changing the offset
172. ery form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A TXTERM lt SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A TXTERM lt Enum gt Parameters Description LF Line feed LF character Ox0A CR Carriage return CR character 0xOD CRLF CR followed by LF LFCR LF followed by CR SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A DTR 3 90 This command controls the state of the DTR Data Terminal Ready control signal on the COM2 port The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A DTR lt SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A DTR lt Boolean gt OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A ECHO This command controls for the COM2 serial port how the system echoes the characters it receives The parameter is a numeric value containing three individual control bits The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A ECHO SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM2A ECHO lt NR1 gt Bit value Function 0 Disables 0 echo 1 Enables 1 echo 2 Causes the input terminator character to be echoed as CR LF 4 Enables input line buffering received characters are not processed until the terminating CR or LF SYSTem COM Municate SERIal COM2A ENABle This command enables or disables the operation of serial port
173. es a clock output and accepts data for an external data stream to be added to Transport or Path Overhead The controlling bits are Section D1 D3 SDCC Line D4 D12 LDCC and user selected bytes F1 F2 F3 El or E2 OTS9300 User Manual 2 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics Front Panel Indicators and Connectors Transmit A The Transmit card of the OTS9300 module contains all of the transmitter functionality for the multi rate SDH SONET DWDM test module Figure 2 3 shows the Transmit card front panel WARNING Always avoid exposure to the laser beam Before power is applied to the OTS9300 module be sure that all laser outputs are either covered with the screw cap provided or connected to the appropriate circuit Module OK The Module OK LED should be green while the instrument is running On power up the LED first lights red then will switch to green when the system has finished initializing NOTE The LED will flash red if the reference clock is missing or out of range Otherwise if the LED remains red after the system has finished initializing call Tektronix for service REF CLK OUT The Reference Clock Output provides a synchronized clock reference of the transmit signal The output is 77 760MHz for all output rates except when the module is operating at 2 666Gb s When operating at this higher rate the output frequency w
174. es the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt CLOCk SOURce SOURce lt slot gt CLOCk SOURce lt Enum gt Parameters Description INTErnal Transmitter timing is based on the system s internal reference EXTErnal Transmitter timing is derived from an external signal applied to the clock trigger card SOURce DATA BACK ground STRUcture This command sets the background structure of the signal generated by the transmitter The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA BACKground STRUcture SOURce lt slot gt DATA BACKground STRUcture lt Enum gt Parameters Description M622C Bulk
175. es the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis G826A RS ALL 3 20 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe ANALysis GR253A LINE FAR This query returns the value of the specified Far End Line parameter from GR 253 analysis of received data Ratios are returned as NR3 values other parameters as NR1 values lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis GR253A LINE FAR lt Enum gt Parameters Description CV_C CV Count CV_R CV Count Ratio BBE_C Background block errors
176. escription SENSe ANALysis G826A RS This query returns the value of the specified Regenerator Section parameter from G 826 analysis of received data Ratios are returned as NR3 values other parameters as NR1 values lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis G826A RS lt Enum gt Parameter Description ETIME Elapsed time EBC Errored blocks EB_R Errored block ratio BBE_C Background block errors BBE_R Background block error ratio ES _C Errored seconds ES_R Errored second ratio SES C Severely errored seconds SES _R Severely errored second ratio CSES_C Consecutive SES periods UAS_C Unavailable seconds UAS_R Unavailable seconds error ratio SENSe ANALysis G826A RS ALL This query returns the values of all of the Regenerator Section parameters from G 826 analysis of received data The parameters are returned in the order in which they are listed under SENSe ANALysis G826A RS Ratios are returned as NR3 values other parameters as NR1 values lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifi
177. escription of Status Window Virtual LED Indicators LED name Description Signal The single Signal indicator will light green when the receiver senses an incoming signal LOS The Loss of Signal indicator is activated when a LOS condition has been detected LOF The Loss of Frame indicator is activated when a Loss of frame condition has occurred OOF SEF The Out of Frame Severely Errored Frame indicator is activated when an Out of frame condition has occurred B1 The B1 indicator will activate when SDH Regenerator SONET Section parity errors have occurred FAS The Frame Alignment Sequence indicator activates when errors have been detected in the A1 A2 framing bytes RS TIM TIM S The TIM indicator activates when a JO trace is received that does not match the expected trace The trace setup is explained later in this section B2 The B2 indicator activates when SDH Multiplex Section SONET Line parity errors have been detected MS AIS AIS L The AIS indicator activates when the overhead and SPE are set to all ones for a user selected time MS REI REI L The REI indicator activates when a non zero value in the M1 byte is detected MS RDI RDI L The RDI indicator activates when bits 6 7 and 8 of the K2 byte have been a binary 110 respectively for five or more consecutive frames AU LOP LOP P The LOP Loss of Pointer indicator is activated when a Loss of Pointer condition has occurred
178. ese parameters lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis SECTion TRACe EXPEcted SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis SECTion TRACe EXPEcted lt Enum gt lt Block gt Parameters Description L1B Constant 8 bit data L16B A repeating sequence of 16 bytes 0 filled with CRC L16FREE A repeating sequence of 16 bytes arbitrary format L64B A repeating sequence of 64 bytes space filled with CR LF L64FREE A repeating sequence of 64 bytes arbitrary format SENSe ANALysis SECTion TRACe EXPEcted TYPE This command sets the data sequence length used by the receiver for Trace Identifier Mismatch measurements This parameter may also be set by the SENSe ANALysis SECTion TRACe EXPEcted command The query form returns the current setting of this parameter lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for exam
179. eters Description PRBS9A ITU standard PRBS 249 1 pattern PRBS9I Inverted PRBS 249 1 pattern PRBS11A ITU standard PRBS 2411 1 pattern PRBS11I Inverted PRBS 2411 1 pattern PRBS15A ITU standard PRBS 2415 1 pattern PRBS15l Inverted PRBS 2415 1 pattern PRBS20A ITU standard PRBS 2420 1 pattern PRBS20I Inverted PRBS 2420 1 pattern PRBS23A ITU standard PRBS 2423 1 pattern PRBS23l Inverted PRBS 2423 1 pattern OTS9300 User Manual 3 33 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe DATA PATH TRACe This query returns the most recently received J1 path trace type length and data See the command SOURce DATA PATH TRACe for the formats of the enum and block values returned The data bytes are returned in standard IEEE 488 block data format lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt DATA PATH TRACe SENSe DATA PATH TRACe TY PE This query returns the most recently received J1 path trace type l
180. ettings seai enanas eani ananin in AANE ANANA AATE 3 2 Remote Control LOCKOUT 00 0 2 cccccsccceceeeeeeeeeeee ance ee eeeeseceaaaeaeceeeeeseenaeeeeeeeeeseenenaeess 3 3 System Configuration QUELICS eee eter teenie ee ee ette eter teee ee tieeeeetieeeeetiaeeeereae 3 3 Save and Restore System Settings c cece eeteeeeeeteeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeetneeeeetieeeertee 3 3 System File Mamagementt ccccsccccecsenccceeecccetenedecetuenseeedenecceecueneeeedunedecedunnsededenees 3 3 General OTS COMmmMandSs cccccececeecccceceeeeeteeeeaeeeeeeeeeseceanaeceeeeeseseenieaeeeeeeeeseeee 3 3 Transmitter Commands OTS9300 MOdUIe eeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeanees 3 3 Receiver Commands OTS9300 module eeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeneeeeeetteeeeeenaeeeeeeaaes 3 4 Received Signal Measurement Commands OTS9300 module eee 3 5 Received Signal Analysis Commands OTS9300 module ceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeee 3 5 Receiver Test Control OTS9300 module eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeenaeeeeeeaas 3 5 SY IM AK i cesiccs seis atts tedect ceanctittenetedesnanceestancteesteanchitessateessnandete cs cadens eaaa anana ariaa iaai 3 6 IEEE 488 2 Common Commands ceseececeeceeeeeeeeeeecceeeeeeeseseccaeeeeeeeeseeeinaeeeeess 3 6 DGSCIDUOM eigni daa Seva devs saucd ha sek Gasasauuad deteaddcaasnatad enact lgenssauaddedsatdeaenaaiadertehdgeaeaas 3 6 Command and Query Structure e
181. evice that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA TOH STS1A DEFAult SOURce INSErt ANOMaly MODE This command specifies how anomalies are inserted The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt INSErt ANOMaly MODE SOURce lt slot gt INSErt ANOMaly MODE lt Enum gt Parameter Description NONE Anomaly insertion is disabled SINGle A single anomaly is inserted BURSt A burst of anomalies is inserted TIMEd Anomalies are inserted in periodic bursts CONTinuous Anomalies are inserted continuously at the programmed rate OTS9300 User Manual 3 73 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 8
182. f cE Q OTS93T1 25 Gb Solun Control Q n P Transmitter 1 BitEror Eo For Help press F1 ewe Iewe E Figure 2 29 Receiver Setup Signal menu Signal Standard Signal Standard selects the operating mode of the receiver To select either SONET or SDH mode click on the pull down menu and select the desired operating mode The operating mode may also be selected via the menu bar Click on System Signal Standard and select either Set to SONET or Set to SDH NOTE If the signal standard is selected via the menu bar the signal standard is set for all devices in the system OTS9300 User Manual 2 33 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface 2 34 BERT Mode For some modules there is a third option available from the Signal Standard menu the BERT mode With this mode the OTS9300 becomes a BERT generator The Test Pattern selection for the active channel is the only valid selection on the transmitter signal setup page when BERT mode is selected When the signal standard is returned to either SONET or SDH mode the settings will return to the current selections in the setup menus Most LED indicators are also invalidated by the BERT mode The only active LEDs are Signal Present TSE and LSS Signal Type Signal type allows the user to choose between an electrical and an optical input Signal Rate The select
183. f the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt OUTPut _LASER SOURce lt slot gt OUTPut _LASER lt Enum gt Parameters Description OFF Set laser off ON Set laser on INITializing The laser is initializing query response only 3 80 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SOURce OUTPut LASER INFO POWEr This query returns the power level for the Laser EEProm on the OTS 9300 transmitter The value returned is formatted as a string lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device Syntax SOURce lt slot gt OUTPut LASER INFO POWEr SOURce OUTPut LASER INFO WAVElength This query returns the wave length for the Laser EEProm on the OTS 9300 transmitter The value returned is formatted as NR2 parameters lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the
184. face Receiver Setup DCC Orderwire The DCC Orderwire menu as shown in Figure 2 35 of the Receiver setup allows the user to fill a specific Overhead byte with a different pattern and count errors that occur in that byte system View Device Window Help e fz ltlAle Avon onfaittasers jae e m m Bfaltests z EE xl LED Display fan Signal Trace Mismatch DCC Orderwire oo OTS91A1 10 Gb s Signal Present Rx 1 gt Los Serial Overhead Byte Channel HEieysleeigsr RBA Lor oo Serial Overhead Test Pattern g OQ SEF OTSS1R2 10 Gb s PRBS 2 9 1 ITU 0 153 O Fas Rx 1 O B Pattern Lock Status UNLOCKED Tims dedu Tats Enable Serial Overhead Front Panel Drop z in I Enable Serial Overhead Test O Results oo OTS91T2 10 Gb s Q Tue 1 Q Count Ratio Error I i F nitte s00 OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s Receiver 1 O Q orssari Zee s Transmitter 1 Li Eie em Signal Monitor Test Control APS Meas Error Test Laser For Help press Fl Fase ive Inactive Off Figure 2 35 Receiver Setup Trace Mismatch menu The Byte Channel determines which byte in the Overhead the test counts The bytes available match those on the transmitter and include Section DCC D1 to D3 Line DCC D4 to D12 E1 F1 E2 F2 and F3 Click on the Byte Channel pull down menu and select the byte The Test Pattern allows the user to choose the
185. from 0x00 to OxFF and may be set in hexadecimal or symbolic form To edit the C2 byte click the Edit C2 button This brings up a dialog box shown in Figure 2 20 The dialog box displays the current C2 setting and allows the option to edit the byte via hexadecimal or symbolic form a subset of 0x00 0xFF Set Transmitted C2 Byte Yalue xj C Symbolic 01 Equipped Nonspecific Payload Hex jo Cancel Figure 2 20 Edit C2 dialog box OTS9300 User Manual 2 23 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface 2 24 Type in the text box by the Hex heading to input a new value or click on the Symbolic button and click on the pull down menu The values available from the pull down menu are o 00 Unequipped o 01 Equipped Nonspecific Payload o 02 VT Structured STS 1 SPE o 03 Locked VT Mode o 04 Asynchronous Mapping for DS3 o 12 Asynchronous Mapping for DS4NA o 13 Mapping for ATM o 14 Mapping for DQDB o 15 Asynchronous Mapping for FDDI o 16 HDLC Over SONET Mapping o FE 0 181 Test Signal TSS1 to TSS3 Mapping o FF Reserved OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Transmitter Error Insertion The error insertion menu as shown in Figure 2 21 of the Transmitter setup allows the u
186. gt An integer number A decimal number with integer and or fractional parts e g 12 43 A decimal number in scientific notation e g 1 243E1 NOTE A command parameter value specified as lt NR2 gt or lt NR3 gt may be entered in either standard or scientific notation formats A query will return its value in the format indicated lt Enum gt A selection from an enumerated list of values that appear as alphanumeric keywords usually with a mnemonic value For example the command that specifies the payload inserted into the generated signal appears as SOURCE DATA PAYLOAD PATTERN lt Enum gt followed by a list of possible values PRBS23A Standard PRBS 2 1 pattern PRBS231 Inverted PRBS 2 1 pattern ZEROS Constant zero data ONES Constant one data The command must include one of these values the corresponding query returns one of these values corresponding to the instrument s current setting lt Boolean gt A binary value that typically indicates whether a function is on or off enabled or disabled Querying a Boolean parameter always returns 0 or 1 never OFF or ON Boolean values may be specified as follows 0 or OFF off disabled 1 or ON on enabled lt String gt A string of characters delimited by either apostrophes or quote marks Strings must in general be composed of ASCII printing characters and may not contain the apostrophe or quote mark used as the delimiter OTS9300 User Manual 3 9 Artisan Te
187. he OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt MEASure SECTion CUMUlative lt Enum gt Parameters Description B1_C B1 errors B1_ES B1 errored seconds B1_ER B1 error ratio FAS_C Framing errors FAS_ES Framing errored seconds FAS_ER Framing error ratio LOS_ES Loss of signal errored seconds LOF_ES Loss of frame errored seconds OOF_ES Out of frame errored seconds RSTIM_ES RS trace mismatch errored seconds SENSe MEA Sure SECTion CUMUlative ALL This query returns the values of all of the parameters of the SENSE MEASURE SECTION CUMULATIVE query The parameters are returned in the order in which they are listed under SENSE MEASURE SECTION CUMULATIVE Ratios are returned in NR3 format other values are returned in NR1 format lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt MEASure SECTion
188. he slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required NOTE If a specific time period is being specified it must be in the form of an off time and an on time For example the command string SOURce10 INSErt DEFEct TYPE LOS MODE BURST TIME 30 5 where 30 is the on time and 5 is the off time Syntax SOURce lt slot gt INSErt DEFEct TYPE SOURce lt slot gt INSErt DEFEct TYPE lt Enum gt lt Enum gt lt Enum gt lt Enum gt lt Enum gt lt Enum gt lt Enum gt lt Enum gt lt Enum gt I Parameters Description NONE No defect is selected LOS Loss of signal LOF Loss of frame AIS_L Line AIS RDI_L Line RDI AIS_P Path AIS RDI P Pat RDI RDIPAY_P Path RDI Payload RDISRV_P Path RDI Server RDICON_P Path RDI Connectivity LOP_P Path loss of pointer OTS9300 User Manual 3 79 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SOURce INSErt DEFEct TY PE NUMEric This command specifies the type s of defect inserted Defects are specified by individual bits in an integer value The bit values corresponding to the various defects are listed with the command SOURce INSErt DEF Ect TYPE to insert multiple defects add the bit values for the individual defects Note that NONE no defects inserted and LOS loss of signal are exclusive
189. he specified result parameter as measured during the most recent N seconds The duration N of the measurement window is set by the SENSE MEASURE WINDOW SIZE command Ratios are returned in NR3 format other values are returned in NR1 format lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt MEASure LINE WINDow lt Enum gt Parameters Description B2_C B2 errors B2_ES B2 errored seconds B2 ER B2 error ratio REI_C REI errors REI_ES REI errored seconds REIER REI error ratio AIS_ES Loss of signal errored seconds RDI_ES Loss of frame errored seconds OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSeMEASure LINE WINDow ALL This query returns the values of all of the parameters of the SENSE MEASURE LINE WINDOW query as measured during the most recent N second period The parameters are returned in the order in which they are listed under SENSE MEASURE LINE WINDOW Ratios
190. his command controls for the current remote control port how the system echoes the characters it receives The parameter is a numeric value containing three individual control bits The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate PORT ECHO SYSTem COMMunicate PORT ECHO lt NR1 gt Bit value Function 0 Disables echo 1 Enables echo 2 Causes the input terminator character to be echoed as CR LF 4 Enables input line buffering received characters are not processed until the terminating CR or LF OTS9300 User Manual 3 85 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SYSTem COMMunicate PORT PROMpt This command enables or disables the user prompt on the current remote control port When the prompt is enabled the system prompts when it is ready for a command The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate PORT PROMpt SYSTem COMMunicate PORT PROMpt lt Boolean gt SYSTem COMMunicate PORT RXTERM This command selects for the current remote control port the character the OTS 9000 system recognizes as End of Input The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate PORT RXTERM SYSTem COMMunicate PORT RXTERM lt Enum gt Parameters Description LF Line feed LF character 0x0A an optional preceding CR is ignored CR Carriage return CR charac
191. hnology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Signal Monitor K1 K2 Decode The K1 K2 Decode signal monitor screen as shown in Figure 2 40 displays the received results of the K1 K2 bytes System Yiew Device Window Help I eE KA A on ofa Lasers jae gt o0 g fan Tests gt oo R F A SEF Signal Monitor OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s Receiver 1 7 LED Display far z Transport Overhead Path Overhead K1 K2 Bytes Payload Select z Cee i Signal Present OTSSIA1 10 Gb s KI 4D Hex Request 4 Exercise Q O os Rel 01001101 Binary Request Channel 13 A RX Pee aan K2 4E Hex Bridged Channel 4 S 01001110 Binay Architecture M 1 N B Rx Mode 6 ROFL Q of Q OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s Q Receiver 1 ej a Q e Q Q o Q e BitEnor For Help press F1 C ERA inacbine ie Figure 2 40 Signal Monitor K1 K2 Decode 2 46 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Signal Monitor Payload The Payload signal monitor screen as shown in Figure 2 41 provides a graphical representation of the signal structure of the system The system analyzes the incoming signal and displays the configuration Any of the structures can be clicked and the identifying information for that chann
192. i OTS91R2 10 Gb s Rx 1 0000800000 0000 0000 e v Bit Error I For Help press F1 TT ie ae Figure 2 48 Real Time menu Selected display OTS9300 User Manual 2 53 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Measurements Cumulative The cumulative menu has four selections on the top for Display choices Section and Line Path Pointers and Selected The cumulative display menu provides a summary of the errored seconds error counts and error ratios for each error condition monitored during the test in the Section Line and Path screens The Pointers screens displays pointer measurement results and the Selected screen displays user selected measurement results The results are accumulated while the test is in progress and are cleared when a new test begins The measurements shown reflect the display choice as shown in Figures 2 49 through 2 52 J Signal Monitor Test Control oo OTS31A1 10 Gb s Rx 1 OTSS1R2 10 Gb s Rixt ao OTS93A1 2 5 Gb s Receiver 1 APS Meas For Help press F1 2 54 la On orfan Lasers gt ons ae gt m fan Tests gt a Measurements OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s Receiver 1 Real Time Cumulative History Display Section and Line Test Running Elapsed Time Os C Path C Pointers C Selected r Measurement Results Error Errored Seconds Error Co
193. ic overhead field The bit values are shown under SOURCE DATA OVERHEAD PASSTHROUGH The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA OVERhead PASSthru ALL SOURce lt slot gt DATA OVERhead PASSthru ALL lt NR1 gt 3 60 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SOURce DATA OVERhead PATTern This command sets the pattern of bytes to be added from an external protocol analyzer The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA OVERhead PAT Tern SOURce lt slot gt DATA OVERhead PAT Tern lt Enum gt Parameters Description PRBS9A ITU standard PRBS 249 1 pattern PRBS9YI Inverted PRBS 2 9 1 pattern PRB
194. ich could be connected to a laser source Laser radiation can damage your eyes because it is invisible and your pupils do not contract instinctively as with normal bright light If you think your eyes have been exposed to laser radiation you should have your eyes checked immediately by an eye doctor The optical output s radiation power corresponds to the laser class in accordance with IEC 825 1 11 93 Use Proper Fuse To avoid fire hazard use only the fuse type and rating specified for this product Avoid Exposed Circuitry Do not touch exposed connections and components when power is present OTS9300 User Manual vii Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com General Safety Summary viii Do Not Operate With Suspected Failures If you suspect there is damage to this product have it inspected by qualified service personnel Do not operate in Wet Damp Conditions To avoid electric shock do not operate this product in wet or damp conditions Do Not Operate in Explosive Atmosphere To avoid injury or fire hazard do not operate this product in an explosive atmosphere Wear Eye Protection To avoid eye injury wear eye protections if there is a possibility of exposure to high intensity rays Keep Product Surfaces Clean and Dry Provide Proper Ventilation Refer to the manual s installation instructions for details on installing the product so it has proper ventilatio
195. ill be 83 314MHz The signal can be used to trigger an oscilloscope or other test equipment FRM TRIG OUT The Frame Trigger Output provides an output for monitoring purposes The output signal is 8K Hz for SONET SDH mode This signal is inactive in Unframed BERT mode Tx EVENT OUT 2 4 The Tx Event Output is user activated and provides an active HIGH for each defect or anomaly generated The output will provide a single pulse for each occurrence of an anomaly or defect It can be used as a means of triggering an oscilloscope or other test equipment Tektronix OTS93T1 MODULE a k AVOID EXPOSURE TOBEAM REF CLK OUT 302 FRM TRIG OUT 502 Tx EVENT OUT A 50Q OPTICAL OUT 155Mb s 2 66Gb s REMOTE INTERLOCK DATA OUT 2 5G CLK IN A vec 155M 2 5G Tx Figure 2 3 Transmit Card Front Panel OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics Front Panel Indicators and Connectors Optical OUT The Optical Output transmits an optical data signal at a wavelength of 1310nm 20nm or 1550nm 5nm This is the primary output of the Transmit card The green LED found under the Optical OUT heading will light when the laser is active WARNING Always avoid exposure to the laser beam Before power is applied to the OTS9300 module be sure that all laser outputs are either covered with the screw cap provided or conn
196. in megabytes Syntax SYSTem FILEs MGMT RESUIts TOTAIsize SYSTem FILEs MGMT RESUIts TOTAlsize lt NR1 gt SYSTem FORMat BLOCk This command selects whether binary block data command parameters are transmitted as raw 8 bit binary characters or pairs of hex digits Some communication links may not be able to send raw binary data The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem FORMat BLOCk SYSTem FORMat BLOCk lt Enum gt Parameters Description BINary Block data uses raw 8 bit binary bytes HEX Block data uses two hex digits per byte SYSTem HEA Ders This command enables or disables command headers in query responses When headers are enabled the response to a query is in the form of a complete command sufficient to set the present value When headers are disabled the query returns only the present value The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem HEADers SYSTem HEADers lt Boolean gt 3 98 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SYSTem LOCK RELease This command releases the lock set by a SYSTEM LOCK REQUEST operation The lock must have been set by the same user an attempt to release a lock set by another user will not succeed If no lock is set this command is ignored Syntax SYSTem LOCK RELease SYSTem LOCK RELease FORCE This comm
197. ine buffering received characters are not processed until the terminating CR or LF SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A ENABle This command enables or disables the operation of serial port COM1 as a remote control port The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A ENABle SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A ENABle lt Boolean gt SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A FLOW This command sets the type of flow control used for serial communications on the COM1 serial port When flow control is enabled the receiver signals the sender when its buffer is full so as not to lose characters The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A FLOW SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A FLOW lt Enum gt Parameters Description NONE No flow control is enabled HARDware Flow control uses RS 232 control signals SOFTware Flow control uses XON and XOFF characters in the data stream OTS9300 User Manual 3 87 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A NDATA This command sets the number of data bits per character on the COM1 serial port The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A NDATA SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A NDATA lt Enum gt Parameters Description N7A Seven bit data N8A Eight bit
198. ins computed BIP 8 The J1 byte is set to the 16 byte string Tektronix BTT The first byte of this string is the CRC All other Path OverHead POH set to OOH OTS9300 User Manual A 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Specifications A 4 Table A 2 SDH Default Overhead Regenerator Al and A2 are set to hexadecimal F6H and 28H respectively Section The JO byte is set to the 16 byte string Tektronix BTT The first byte of this string is the CRC B1 contains computed BIP 8 All other Section OverHead SOH set to 00H Multiplexer For each channel the first H1 is set to 6AH and the first H2 is set to OAH Section For concatenated structures subsequent H1 s are set to 93H and H2 s are set to FFH filling the remaining pointer values for the structure before repeating first H1 H2 H3 s are all set to 00H B2 contains n computed BIP 8 B2 contains computed BIP Nx24 All other Line OverHead LOH set to 00H Path B3 contains computed BIP 8 The J1 byte is set to the 16 byte string Tektronix BTT The first byte of this string is the CRC All other Path OverHead POH set to OOH Unframed mode Generates an unframed PRBS data pattern Fixed data patterns of all ones all zeros or user byte are not allowed in this mode No other settings or controls for example structure overhead and anomalies
199. integer numeric value OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Syntax Abbreviating Commands Queries and Parameters You can abbreviate most SCPI commands queries and parameters to an accepted short form This manual shows these short forms as a combination of upper and lower case letters The upper case letters tell you what the accepted short form should consist of as shown in Figure 3 2 you can create a short form by using only the upper case letters The accepted short form and long form are equivalent and request the same action of the instrument Long form ofa SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A PROMpt command Minimum information needed for accepted short form Y Accepted short form SYST COMM SERI COM1A PROM of a command and parameter Figure 3 2 Example of abbreviating a command NOTE The numeric part of a command or query must always be included in the accepted short form In Figure 3 2 the 1 of COM1A is always included in the command or query Controlling Responses to Queries You can control the form of responses returned by queries by changing the parameter values of SYSTem HEADers and SYSTem VERBose These two commands control whether the query nodes are returned with the response and if the query nodes are returned whether they are in the long or short form SYSTem HEADers contr
200. inters and Selected The real time display menu provides the ability to view the errored seconds error counts and error ratios for each error condition monitored during the last n seconds up to sixty If selected is chosen then another larger window is displayed which allows the user to select four of the measurements available to be displayed The measurements shown reflect the display choice as shown in Figures 2 45 through 2 48 ystem View Device Window Help s e BAENA Ao ofan Lasers Z IR e m m Baltests z Measurements OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s Receiver 1 LED Display Al Signal Monitor Cumulative History Test Contral Display Measurements Section and Line Seconds p a Clear Signal Present C Path Los C Pointers LOF OTS3S1A1 10 Gb s C Selected SEF Rx Hl O Fas O r Measurement Results Last 10 Seconds 1 AE o OTSS1R2 10 Gb s Error Errored Seconds Error Counts Error Ratios re Rx 1 Los 0 m LOF m OTS93A1 25 Gb s SEF u Receiver 1 FAS os 6 Pf 0000e 000 BI lof oa O 0 000e 000 O TIM S m n Q AIS L A x B2 M a f o fOO oeo RDI L lO Q REM 3 8 E Bit Error APS Meas Error Test Laser For Help press F1 SEE ive inact ive Of Figure 2 45 Real Time menu Section and Line display OTS9300 User Manual 2 51 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basi
201. is GR253A PATH NEAR This query returns the value of the specified Near End Path parameter from GR 253 analysis of received data Ratios are returned as NR3 values other parameters as NR1 values lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis GR253A PATH NEAR lt Enum gt Parameters Description CV_C CV Count CV_R CV Count ratio BBE_C Background block errors BBE_R Background block error ratio ES _C Errored seconds ES_R Errored second ratio SES C Severely errored seconds SES _R Severely errored second ratio ESA_C Errored seconds type A ESA_R Errored second type A ratio ESB C Errored seconds type B ESB R Errored second type B ratio CSES_C Consecutive SES periods UAS_C Unavailable seconds UAS_R Unavailable seconds error ratio SENSe ANALysis GR253A PATH NEAR ALL This query returns the values of all of the Near End Path parameters from GR 253 analysis of received data Ratios are returned as NR3 values other parameters as NR1 values The parameters are returned in the order in which they are lis
202. itted in the Path J1 byte of the Path Overhead The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA PATH TRACe T YPE SOURce lt slot gt DATA PATH TRACe TYPE lt Enum gt Parameters Description L1B Constant 8 bit data L16B A repeating sequence of 16 bytes 0 filled with CRC LI6FREE A repeating sequence of 16 bytes arbitrary format L64B A repeating sequence of 64 bytes space filled with CR LF L64FREE A repeating sequence of 64 bytes arbitrary format 3 64 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SOURce DATA PATH TRACe VALUe This command sets the data byte values transmitted in the Path Trace J1 byte of the Path Overhead The data bytes are formatted as a standard IEEE 488 data block The query form returns the current values lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the
203. iver module Select Events to Monitor Close OTSSIR2 1 Slot 6 OTSSIR1 1 Slot 2 m Log Events r Log Events M Los J LOF j J SEF _ SEF M Fas T FAS T Bi T Bi M TIM S M TiM S J AIS L M AIS L I B2 T B2 J RDIL M RDIL J REIL I REIL T alsP J LOP P M B3 I RDIP J REIP TIMP I UNEG P T PLMP T iss I Bit Error Figure 2 68 Select Events to Monitor dialog box Checking a check box on a receiver s panel enables logging for the corresponding event on that receiver The events selected are saved in persistent storage on the OTS system and are restored when the Event Printer application is next started OTS9300 User Manual 2 87 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Muting Event Printer behavior with continuous events When Event Printer logs events in five consecutive seconds it follows the last event with the words MUTE ON and suppresses further logging When a one second interval occurs in which no loggable events occur Event Printer logs the event as MUTE OFF and resumes normal event logging Minimizing the Event Printer window The Event Printer application may be minimized so that its window is not displayed but its button is visible in the Windows Taskbar It continues to log events while minimized Exiting the Event Printer application st
204. ize Bits 5 and 6 in H1 byte INC Pointer increment count DEC Pointer decrement count NDF New data flag count DIS Discontinuous pointer change count A discontinuous pointer change occurs when a new pointer value is received for three consecutive frames ICHANGE Invalid pointer change count IVALUE Invalid pointer value count INDF Invalid new data flag count SENSe MEASure POINter CUMUlative ALL This query returns the values of all of the parameters of the SENSe MEASure POINter CUMUlative query The parameters are returned in the order in which they are listed under lt SENSe MEASure POINter CUMUlative values are returned in NR1 format lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device Syntax SENSe lt slot gt MEASure POINter CUMUlative ALL SENSe MEASure POINter WINDow 3 48 This query returns the value of the specified result parameter as measured during the most recent N seconds The duration N of the measurement window is set by the SENSe MEASure WINDow SIZE command lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device Syntax SENSe lt slot gt MEASure POINter WINDow lt Enum gt Parameters Description
205. le OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt DATA SECTion TRACe VALUe STRIng OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe DATA SPE STUF fing This command controls the receiver s treatment of columns 30 and 59 which can be used for SPE fixed byte stuffing When enabled these columns are treated as stuffing columns and are not considered part of the payload When disabled columns 30 and 59 are treated as part of the payload This command is applicable only to STS 1 structure The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt DATA SPE STUFfing SENSe lt slot gt DATA SPE STUFfing lt Boolean gt SENSe DATA STRUcture This command sets the receiver structure
206. le slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis SECTion TRACe TIM SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis SECTion TRACe TIM lt Boolean gt OTS9300 User Manual 3 31 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe DATA AUTOscan STRUcture This query returns the signal structure found in the received signal lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt DATA AUTOscan STRUcture Parameters Description 48 Bulk data at 2 5Gb s 12 Bulk data at 622Mb s 3 Bulk data at 155Mb s 1 Bulk data at 51Mb s 0 Mixed signal structure SENSe
207. lock containing 16 bytes of data 2 16abcdeFGHIJkimnop where denotes the start of a block 2 is the number of digits that follow to represent the byte count in the block 16 is the number represented by two decimal digits of data bytes abcdeFGHIJkImnop is the 16 data bytes in this example The OTS system uses blocks in commands and queries for overhead data and section trace sequences the descriptions of these commands include the number of bytes expected or sent Hex Block Format The GPIB can transmit eight bit binary data without problems But the OTS system can also be controlled over RS 232 serial links and Telnet protocol over network links These may not be able to send eight bit data or ASCII control characters For this reason the OTS9100 remote command system implements an alternative block format called hex block format in which each byte of binary data is sent as two hex digits using the characters 0 to 9 and A to F Blocks in hex format thus consist of twice many characters as the corresponding blocks in binary format The block in the example above would be in hex format 2326162636465464748494A6B6C6D6E6F 70 where 232 is the prefix for a 32 character block 61 is the hexadecimal representation of a the first character in the block 62 is the hexadecimal representation of b and so on Note that the block s count of data bytes is doubled representing twice as much dat
208. lot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA PAYLoad BACKground PAT Tern UDATA SOURce lt slot gt DATA PAYLoad BACKground PAT Tern UDATA lt NR1 gt SOURce DATA PAYLoad PATTern This setting selects the test pattern inserted as payload into the transmitted signal The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA PAYLoad PAT Tern SOURce lt slot gt DATA PAYLoad PATTern lt Enum gt Parameters Description PRBS7A ITU standard PRBS 247 1 pattern PRBS7I ITU standard PRBS 27 1 pattern PRBS15A ITU standard PRBS 2415 1 pattern PRBS15l Inverted PRBS 2415 1 pattern PRBS23A ITU standard PRBS 2423 1 pattern PRBS23 l Inverted PRBS 2423 1 pattern PRBS31A ITU standard PRBS 2431 1 pattern PRBS311 Inverted PRBS 2431 1 pattern ZEROs Constant zero data ONEs Constant one data USER Constant 8 bit user specified data SOURce DATA PAYLoad PATTern UDATA 3 66 This command sel
209. lowing values gt one bit RDI P 100 gt Enhanced RDI P Payload 010 gt Enhanced RDI P Server 101 gt Enhanced RDI P Connectivity 110 For all Defects except LOS the time is selected in frames up to 240000 or continuous OTS9300 User Manual A 7 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Specifications Receiver Analyzer Specifications Measurements B1 Errors The input is monitored for Section level Regenerator Section errors by comparing the received B1 byte to the recomputed BIP 8 parity The errors are detected and counted B2 Errors The input is monitored for Line Multiplex Section errors by comparing the received B2 bytes to the recomputed BIP 8 parity The errors are detected and counted B3 Errors The input is monitored for Path level errors of the active channel by comparing the received B3 byte to the recomputed BIP 8 parity The errors are detected and counted REI L MS REI The input is monitored for REJ L MS REI in the M1 byte The errors are detected and counted REI P The input is monitored for REI P The errors are detected and counted Frame Alignment Sequence Errors FAS The last two A1 bytes and the first two A2 bytes A1 Al A2 A2 of the input are monitored for errors For SDH B1 B2 B3 MS REI per G 821 and G 826 unavailability per G 827 For SONET B1 B2 B3 REI L per GR 253 CORE Er
210. lt NR1 gt ESR This query returns as a NR1 parameter the value of the IEEE 488 2 Event Status Register Syntax ESR IDN This query returns as a string parameter the identification string for the Tektronix OTS9100 instrument Syntax IDN LRN This query returns the current state of the instrument as a string of commands that will restore the instrument to that state Syntax LRN OTS9300 User Manual 3 14 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description OPC This command causes the OTS9000 system to set the Operation Complete bit bit value 0x01 in the IEEE 488 2 Standard Event Status register when previously initiated operations are complete The query form returns the Boolean value 1 to indicate that any pending operation is complete Syntax OPC RCL This command recalls system parameter settings from the specified buffer The buffer specification is a number in the range 1 to 99 Syntax RCL lt NR1 gt RST This command restores all system parameters to their default values Syntax RST SAV This command saves system parameter settings to the specified buffer The buffer specification is a number in the range 1 to 99 Syntax SAV lt NR1 gt OTS9300 User Manual 3 15 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference
211. may show the Signal Monitor icons but the currently selected menu is actually Setup OTS91T2 10Gb s Tx 1 Setup Menus 2 12 When SETUP is selected from the Navigation window icons for all loaded Transmit and Receive modules in addition to a summary menu are displayed The Setup menu provides separate configuration control over each transmitter and receiver by these individual icons If an Rx icon is clicked the Receiver setup menu is displayed If a Tx icon is clicked the Transmitter setup menu is displayed The transmitter setup menu contains six separate menu screens each selected by a tab These tabs each control an aspect of the transmitter setup The receiver setup menu contains three separate menu screens each selected by a tab These tabs each control an aspect of the receiver setup OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Transmitter Signal The signal menu of the Transmitter setup as shown in Figure 2 10 provides the controls for selecting the signal source signal rate signal standard timing source and trigger output In addition the signal structure and test pattern for both the active channels and the background channels are configured on this menu Each of the selections available is described in more detail in the following sections l System Yiew Device Window Help
212. mmand Description SENSe MEASure WINDow LEVEL This query returns the number of seconds of measurement data included in the current windowed measurement calculations Normally this value will be the same as the window size clearing the window data or changing the window size causes the sliding window to refill as new measurements are made lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt MEASure WINDow LEVEL SENSe MEA Sure WINDow SIZE This command sets the duration in seconds of the interval over which windowed results measurements are calculated The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating th
213. mum off duration values for timed insertion of the specified defect The unit keyword is one of FRAME USEC MS SEC SEC10 0 18 and SEC100 0 01S lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device Syntax SOURce lt slot gt INSErt DEF Ect TIMEOff RANGe lt Enum gt Parameter Description LOS Loss of signal LOF Loss of frame AIS_L Line AIS RDILL Line RDI AIS_P Path AIS RDI_P Path RDI RDIPAY_P Path RDI Payload RDISRV_P Path RDI Server RDICON_P Path RDI Connectivity LOP_P Path loss of pointer SOURce INSErt DEFEct TYPE This command specifies the type s of defect to be inserted This command accepts up to nine comma separated parameters each of which specifies a defect type This allows multiple defects to be inserted simultaneously Note that NONE no defects inserted and LOS loss of signal are exclusive and cannot be selected simultaneously with other defect types The query form returns the currently selected defects lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If t
214. n OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Safety Summary Safety Terms and Symbols Terms in this Manual These terms may appear in this manual Icon Label Meaning Warning statements identify conditions or practices that VAN WARNING could result in injury or loss of life Caution statements identify conditions or practices that VAN CAUTION could result in damage to this product or other property Terms on the Product These terms may appear on the product DANGER indicates an injury hazard immediately accessible as you read the marking WARNING indicates an injury hazard not immediately accessible as you read the marking CAUTION indicates a hazard to property including the product Symbols on the Product The following symbols may appear on the product S A is Electrostatically Protective Ground ATTENTION hazardous Earth Terminal Refer to Manual CAUTION Laser Radiation OTS9300 User Manual ix Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com General Safety Summary X OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Preface Preface This manual describes how to use the Tektronix OTS9300 module This manual is your primary source of information about how the OTS9300 module functions The u
215. n Dnn nn Xnn nn Fnn nn and contains major and minor version numbers for the module itself and its utility driver FPGA file and firmware Fields that are not applicable to the particular module are returned as 0 If the specified slot does not contain an OTS 9000 system module this query returns an error Syntax SYSTem CONFig MODule VERSion lt NR1 gt SYSTem CONFig SLOTs This query returns as a NR1 parameter the number of module slots in the system Syntax SYSTem CONFig SLOTs SYSTem DESCription SETUp This command sets a text string that is stored with the current system settings and which may be used to annotate or identify the instrument setup The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem DESCription SETUp SYSTem DESCription SETUp lt String gt SYSTem ERRor This query returns as a string parameter the next event in the Error and Event Queue The ESR query must be given before events occuring since the last ESR query can be read Syntax SYSTem ERRor OTS9300 User Manual 3 95 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SYSTem FILEs MGMT RESUIts AGE This command sets the maximum age of a file a delta of file creation time and current system time Files at this age or older are deleted on the next revisit as set by INTErval This command takes three comma separated pa
216. n Multiplexer DWDM system providing an end to end continuity check The OTS9300 has the ability to generate unique JO traces This allows test signals to be easily identified or to simulate network element generated traffic without the Trace Identifier Mismatch TIM alarm being generated The OTS9300 capability to display the received JO trace allows users to verify continuity and correct routing of individual channels within the multi channel DWDM system To analyze ensure the box beside the Analyze JO Trace Mismatch is checked To edit click on the Edit Expected JO Trace button A dialog box is displayed as shown in Figure 2 32 reflecting the current settings of the JO Trace Click the appropriate radio button to choose between No Trace 16 Byte Trace and 64 Byte Trace To input a Trace Value click in OTS9300 User Manual 2 37 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface the Trace Value box and start typing When the desired edits are complete click OK to return to the main menu In 16 byte the last byte is filled with CRC In 64 byte the last two bytes are filled with CR LF Fi C No Trace 16 Byte Trace G 707 Hex Value C 64 Byte Trace GR 253 Trace Value Tektronix BTT Cancel Figure 2 32 J0 Trace Editor dialog box J1 Multi Byte Trace J1 Trace provides a capability to uniquely identify each of the mul
217. n due to lack of memory system files mgmt results General OTS Commands These commands relate to the whole OTS system and are standard across all OTS modules and systems Signal standard system signal standard Transmitter Commands OTS9300 module These commands provide configuration and control of the transmitter settings Signal standard Laser off on Line rate Data source internal or through Clock source Signal structure Active payload channel Payload pattern Background structure OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation source signal standard source output laser source data rate source data source source clock source source data structure source data channel source data payload pattern source data background structure 3 3 Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Commands Overview Background pattern SPE Stuffing SPE Background Stuffing Anomaly insertion Defect insertion Generate trigger on anomaly or defect JO section trace J1 Path trace Transport overhead data Path overhead data Through mode overhead insertion Through mode parity calculation Through mode path parity calculation APS bytes Data overhead Path data overhead source data payload background pattern source data spe stuffing source data spe background stuffing source insert anomaly source insert defect source trigger mod
218. n gt SENSe MEASure APSTime STATus This query returns the status of the most recently performed APS switch time measurement lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt MEASure APSTime STATus Parameters Description INVALID No valid result is available BUSY An APS time measurement is in process PASS The current APS time test passed FAIL The current APS time test failed 3 42 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe MEASure APSTime THREshold This command sets the threshold time for APS switch time measurement If the measured switch time exceeds the threshold time the test fails The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains diff
219. n optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt STATus PATH LEDS lt NR1 gt Condition String Word and bit value AIS P AU AIS ais p Parameter 1 bit value 1 hex 1 LOP P AU LOP lop p Parameter 1 bit value 4 hex 4 B3 b3 Parameter 1 bit value 2 hex 2 RDI P all HP RDI all rdi p Parameter 2 bit value 1 RDI P 2 ERDI P Payload 4 ERDI P Server 8 ERDI P Connectivity REI P HP REI rei p Parameter 2 bit value 16 hex 10 TIM P HP TIM tim p Parameter 1 bit value 128 hex 80 UNEQ P HP UNEQ uneq p Parameter 1 bit value 64 hex 40 PLM P HP PLM plm p Parameter 1 bit value 256 hex 100 LSS Iss Parameter 3 bit value 2 hex 2 Bit Error TSE bit Parameter 3 bit value 1 hex 1 No conditions set none All parameters 0 Hex 0 3 54 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe STATus PATH LEDS HEXadecimal This query is an alternative form of SENSe STATus PATH LE
220. n the numbers one through eight binary 0001 through 1000 a REI P condition is declared OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Specifications Overhead Display Approximately every 100 milliseconds each byte of the first three STS 1 Transport Overheads AU 4 are extracted and displayed JO and J1 are extracted and displayed in ASCII string Trace Identifier Mismatch TIM can be declared by comparing against a user defined trace Transmitter Input and Output Specifications Optical OUT Wavelength 1310nm 20nm or 1550nm 5nm Average Power 20 dBm for 1310nm 20 dBm for 1550nm Extinction Ratio gt 10 dB Pulse Mask Compliance ITS T G 957 and Telcordia GR 253 Spectral Width Inm 20dB Connector FC PC standard SC or ST available This output can be locked out for safety as UL safety requirements specify using the front panel key switch or remote interlock Fiber Type Single Mode Description Primary output to device under test Reference Clock OUT Connector SMA Internal Termination 50Q AC coupled Voltage Level 0 8 Vpp 0 2Vpp Frequency 77 76 MHz for SONET SDH amp Unframed modes 83 314 MHz for Unframed mode 2 666Gb s Description Provides an output for monitoring purposes Frame Trigger OUT Connector SMA External Termination 50Q DC coupled Voltage Output LOW 0 8V Vol 2 0 0V Voltage Output HIGH
221. n z OTS91R1 10 Gb s PT z Description stat Pause CE Ce a Test State Complete TestMode Continuous Elapsed Time 0s Signal Present J OTS91R2 10 Gb s Rx Los o 0 arc gt p meciinie Description l Start pause Edit S OF Rx 1 Test State Complete Test Mode Continuous Elapsed Time 0s SEF pe OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s Rx 1 oO Description Start Pause Edit OTS91R2 10 Gb s Test State Complete TestMode Continuous Elapsed Time Os o Rix o Q Q OTS93A1 2 5 Gb s Receiver 1 o a Q Summary Q S 3 Q Q BitEror Measurements Analysis a For Help press F1 o ERR EREE aT Figure 2 44 Test Control Summary menu 2 50 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Measurements Menu When Measurements is selected from the Navigation window the Measurements menu is displayed The Measurements menu provides separate configuration control over each receiver by these individual icons If an Rx icon is clicked the Receiver signal monitor menu is displayed This menu contains three separate menu screens each selected by a tab These tabs Real Time Cumulative and History each display an aspect of the Receiver Measurement function Measurements Real Time The Real Time menu has four selections on the top for Display choices Section and Line Path Po
222. niaan nain ha heen anne tanh S 3 14 OPC anaidia a e ng ed E aa A i dad eae alee 3 15 IRG Deorai soa sadasa aii dtaa dada iadaaa a aad taaa aaiae Saa aiaa aaa a iaaa aad dese 3 15 PRS A RE E ccutanpbediessaedense 3 15 E E TEE A E E E E E TA 3 15 SENSe ANALysis G826A o oo eeeeeeeeeeee ee eeeeeeeseeeaeeeseeaaeeeseeaaeeesesaeeeeeeaeeeseenaeeeeeaas 3 16 POENSG ANAL YSIS GRZOSA wes ic ccces se ccctets cabal Gpezsetl eedee ae dyezvadi eedte ai ageeesteeeevan seeded 3 21 SENSe ANALysis OVERNead PRBS 0 eeeceeeeeeeceenneeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeeneaas 3 26 SENSe ANALysis PATH HPPLM rissies iiiar daia a 3 26 SENSe ANALysis PATH HPUNEQ 0 c cccecececeeceeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeeneees 3 27 SENSe ANAL ysis PATH LABE I 0 0 2 cccceceeeeeceeeeeneceeneeeeeeeeeeaeeeeseeeeeeeneeeeeeneeneeeensaee 3 27 SSENSe ANALysis PATH TRACE ccceeccceceeeeeneeeeeecneeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeeseiaeeeeseaaes 3 28 SENSe ANALysis SECTION TRACE oo eeeeccceceeneeeeeenneeeeeenaeeeeeenaeeeeeenaeeeeeenaeeeeeeaaes 3 30 SENSe DATA AUTOscan STRUCTUIE ceeceeeeeeeteeeeeeneeeeeeenaeeeeetaeeeeeenaeeeeeeaaes 3 32 SSENSe DATA CHANNE L orsina aii ia 3 32 SSENSS DATAIOVERMCAG ieceri anii eiia i seater 3 32 iv OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Table of Contents SENSe DATA PATH TRACE iii si cesiccccscadecccsdssncscctdsieerestetuccennee
223. nology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Connecting to an OTS System Results Viewer uses the same mechanism as the OTS User Interface program TekUI The OTS user manual discusses this procedure in more detail In quick overview click on File and Select Server in ResultsViewer A dialog box displays from which the user can connect to an OTS system or disconnect an existing connection NOTE When Results Viewer is started from TekUI it starts by default connected to the same OTS system as TekUI Viewing results files When a test results file is opened a measurement screen is displayed as shown in Figure 2 65 The screen has three tabs for Cumulative Results Analysis Results and History Data The window title bar displays the file name the start time for the test displayed and the device whose data is displayed These screens provide the same information and controls as the Measurement Results screens in the TekUI Refer to Measurement Results section of the module user manual for detailed information of the data presented Results iewer data_1002_00_001 sum 10 Gb Rx 1 19 Jul 2001 10 19 File Export Yiew Window Help data_1002_00_001 sum 10 Gb Rx 1 19 Jul 2001 10 19 Cumulative Analysis History 10 Gb Rx 1 m Test Start time 19 Jul 2001 10 19 23 End time 19Jul 2001 10 19 26 Elapsed time 00 00 03
224. nology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SYSTem COMMunicate NETWork RXTERM This command sets the initial selection for new network connections of the character recognized as End of Input This setting has no effect on connections already established see SYSTEM COMMUNICATE PORT RXTERM The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate NETWork RXTERM SYSTem COMMunicate NETWork RXTERM lt Enum gt Parameters Description LF Line feed LF character 0x0A an optional preceding CR is ignored CR Carriage return CR character 0x0D an optional preceding LF is ignored SYSTem COMMunicate NETWork TXTERM This command sets the initial selection for new network connections of the characters sent at the end of a query response This setting has no effect on connections already established see lt SYSTEM COMMUNICATE PORT TXTERM The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate NETWork TXTERM SYSTem COMMunicate NETWork TXTERM lt Enum gt Parameters Description LF Line feed LF character Ox0A CR Carriage return CR character 0x0D CRLF CR followed by LF LFCR LF followed by CR SYSTem COMMunicate PORT ECHO The PORT commands affect the character based remote control port serial port or network connection that receives the command they are not valid for the GPIB T
225. not selected TAAG To overwrite an incoming byte click in the box beside the selection under the Overwrite Incoming heading If you wish to keep a byte from being overwritten make sure the box beside the selection is not checked The bytes available to be overwritten are J1 Trace C2 Figure 2 18 Path Through G1 F2 H4 Z3 Z4 and Z5 B3 parity regeneration is always enabled if any of the byte or payload overwrite A Bs Fee uN NN WN go oO 8 Mode Overwrite menu selections are checked NOTE When using through mode on the OTS9300 the Transmitter module card MUST be to the immediate left of the Receiver If Overwrite Payload is checked the payload data is replaced with the Test Pattern selected on the Signal page module card The only card NOTE The Tx Signal Structure in the Tx Setup menu allowed between them is the CPU must match the Signal Structure of the mating Rx in card Ifthe module card order for intrinsic Path Through mode to operate placement does not meet this correctly If the Signal Structure of the Tx does not criteria through mode will not be a match the Signal Structure of the Rx the overwritten selectable menu option bytes will not be accurate This is also true for B3 regeneration 2 22 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface J1 Multi Byte Trace J1 Tra
226. ns the value of the specified result parameter as measured during the most recent N seconds The duration N of the measurement window is set by the SENSe MEASure WINDow SIZE command lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt MEASure PATH WINDow lt Enum gt Parameters Description B3 C B3 errors B3_ES B3 errored seconds B3_ER B3 error ratio REI_C Path REI errors REI_ES Path REI errored seconds REI_ER Path REI error ratio AIS_ES Path AIS errored seconds RDI_ES Path RDI errored seconds PLM_ES Path Label Mismatch errored seconds UNEQ_ES Path Label Unequipped errored seconds LSS_ES Loss of Synch errored seconds LOP_ES Loss of Pointer errored seconds J1TIM_ES Path trace mismatch errored seconds PAYL_C Payload errors PAYL_ES Payload errored seconds PAYL_ER Payload error ratio RDIPAY_ES Path RDI Payload errored seconds RDICON_ES Path RDI Connectivity errored seconds RDISRV_ES Path RDI Server errored seconds SENSe MEASure PATH WINDow ALL This query returns the values of all of the par
227. nual provides SDH and SONET terminology separated by a slash If no second terminology is present the terminology is the same for both SDH and SONET In reference to the instrument the following conventions apply e When referring to the mainframe or the whole system the name OTS is used e When referring to the two card multi rate module Transmit and Receive the name OTS9300 is used e When referring to each individual card the card name is used for example Transmit NOTE Some of the content found in this manual does not pertain to some instruments Depending on the software revision and the options installed some of the features described in these pages may not be available xii OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Getting Started Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com rtisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Getting Started This chapter describes the preparation and initial setup of the OTS9300 module Also provided is a list of standard and optional accessories for each of the three configurations Transceiver Transmitter and Receiver Product Description The OTS9300 consists of a multi rate generator or transmitter and a signal analyzer or receiver The transmitter consists of
228. old 3 40 This command sets the input threshold value for the OTS receiver The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device The range is 200mV to 200mV If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt INPUt THREshold SENSe lt slot gt INPUt THREshold lt NR1 gt OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe MEASure APSTime CONDition This command sets the condition tested for APS switch time measurement The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slo
229. old click in the text box and enter the new threshold The Conditions Found area of the menu lists any non Condition Tested errors that occurred during the Switch Time Threshold To start the test click the Start APS Test button NOTE The test does not actually start until the first Condition occurs For example if the AIS L is the selected Condition Tested the Test Time Limit will not trigger until the first AIS L error occurs At that point whether it be five minutes or five hours after the start test button was clicked the Test Time Limit will trigger and the test will begin To copy the test results click the Copy Results to Clipboard button A dialog box is displayed as shown in Figure 2 62 which allows annotations to be added to the results file and provides the file for viewing Once OK is clicked the results are copied to the clipboard and can be pasted into another application or document from there by typing CTRL V OTS9300 User Manual 2 65 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Copy APS Measurement Data to Clipboard Figure 2 62 Copy APS Measurement Data dialog box 2 66 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Remote Access Setups The remote control settings for selecting
230. ols the presence of the query nodes and SYSTem VERBose controls the length of these nodes The table below shows the possible combinations of these commands and an example of a query response SYSTem HEADers set to SYSTem VERBose set to Example of a response 1 or ON 1 or ON OUTPUT1 TELECOM TYPE OPTICAL 1 or ON 0 or OFF OUTPUTI TEL TYPE OPT 0 or OFF 0 or OFF OPT 0 or OFF 1 or ON OPTICAL OTS9300 User Manual 3 11 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Syntax Chaining Commands and Queries You can chain several commands or queries together into a single message To create a chained message first create a command or query add a semicolon and then add more commands or queries and semicolons until you are done Figure 3 3 illustrates a chained message consisting of several commands and queries The single chained message should end in a command or query not a semicolon Responses to any queries in your message are separated by semicolons SOURCE DATA RATE SOURCE DATA PAYLOAD PATTERN First query Second query The response from this chained STS 192c PRBS23A message might be Response from first query Response from second query Figure 3 3 Example of chaining commands and queries If a command or query has the same root and lower level nodes as the previous command or query you can omit these nodes In Figure
231. ond period The parameters are returned in the order in which they are listed under SENSE MEASURE SECTION CUMULATIVE Ratios are returned in NR3 format other values are returned in NR1 format lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt MEASure SECTion WINDow ALL SENSe MEASure WINDow CLEAR This command clears the data in the sliding measurement window lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt MEASure WINDow CLEAR 3 50 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Co
232. onds since start of test Calendar day relative to the day on which the test started Time of day LOS LOF OOF TIM S RS TIM AIS L MS AIS RDI L MS RDI B1 B2 FAS REI L MS RE o o ko 2e lt S o lt ko 2o S ko o ko 2e lt ro ko 2e kS TIM P HP TIM AIS P HP AIS RDI P HP RDI B3 REI P HP REl TSE LSS PLM HP PLM o Sa lt ko 2e lt o ko o ko NOTE TIM P HP TIM through PLM HP PLM are applicable only for OTS91R2 module cards H3 Test Pause Power Out indicator Time in hr min sec of pause NOTE The number of samples in the H1 record includes samples with all counts zero even if the report is set to exclude these 2 84 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Configuring the exported data To configure the exported data click on Export and select Data Setup The Configure Data Report dialog box as shown in Figure 2 66 is now displayed To enable a selection click the box or radio button beside it The report written to the file or clipboard is configured accordingly Configure Data Report xj Text to Include rm Data to Include IV Record Type Codes IV Test File Info MV Cumulative Results IV SONET Analysis
233. ontains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt INSErt DEFEct TIME RANGe lt Enum gt Parameter Description LOS Loss of signal LOF Loss of frame AIS_L Line AIS RDI_L Line RDI AIS_P Path AIS RDI_P Path RDI RDIPAY_P Path RDI Payload RDISRV_P Path RDI Server RDICON_P Path RDI Connectivity LOP_P Path loss of pointer SOURce INSErt DEFEct TIMEOff This command sets the off duration of timed defect insertion in the units specified by the command SOURce INSErt DEFEct UNITs In periodic insertion mode defect bursts are separated by a time specified by this value The query form returns the current value lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device Syntax SOURce lt slot gt INSErt DEF Ect TIME Off SOURce lt slot gt INSErt DEF Ect TIMEOff lt NR1 gt 3 78 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SOURce INSErt DEFEct TIMEOff RANGe This query returns a unit keyword and two numbers representing the minimum and maxi
234. ontrol Settings x m Test Mode Continuous C Timed Timed Repetitive m Test Duration fo 4 Days fo Hrs fis aj Mins jo Secs m Test Description Figure 2 43 Test Control Parameters dialog box The Test Duration section provides the means to set the length of the test if the Timed or Timed Repetitive tests were chosen To set the test duration select the desired test length time by clicking up down arrows in the Days Hours Minutes and Seconds boxes By clicking in the box labeled Test Description a description of the test may be entered When editing is finished click OK to return to the Test Control menu OTS9300 User Manual 2 49 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Test Control Summary The Test Control Summary menu as shown in Figure 2 44 provides a summary of the test control conditions for each Receiver individually Clicking the Edit button will display the Test Control menu for the specific receiver number chosen Clicking the Start button will begin a test on the specific receiver number chosen Once the Start button is clicked it changes to a Stop button The Pause button is grayed out until a test is started then it may be clicked to pause a test stem View Device Window Help tuhanga LO m a gt m m fantes s leiku a LED Display Ja
235. ontrol bar provides the user with software control over the laser Use the pull down menu to select which laser to activate or deactivate Click the On button to turn on the selected laser Click the Off button to turn off the selected laser Click the symbol to close the bar or use the View menu to activate the bar If the button is clicked the Setup Summary is displayed Test Control Bar The Test Control bar provides the controls to start stop pause and continue the test If multiple modules are present the test control bar also allows the user to choose the specific module under test by use of the pull down menu Each button on the bar provides the controls to stop start pause and continue the test If the button is clicked the Test Control Summary is displayed The Test Control bar may be activated via the View menu or from the toggle key on the toolbar NOTE Changing parameters while a test is in progress may cause invalid errors Client Lockout The user interface has the ability to lockout other users from setting parameters To set the lockout control double click the box to the left of the main status bar The Lockout Control dialog box will be displayed Click the desired button and then click OK to return to the main screen When the lockout is in effect a lock symbol will appear in the box by the main status bar To unlock the server use the same procedure When one client has locked out others
236. ontrols all configuration testing and measuring commands of the modules The user interface provides easily navigated menus using Windows point and click operation on a Windows 2000 workstation Refer to the section Getting Started for information on how to load and launch the user interface software When the OTS Optical Test System is first powered on the software scans the module slots to determine what modules are loaded The user interface then provides icons in the navigation window for each module loaded into the system These icons always reflect the modules loaded and will change depending on the system being used Because of this on the fly software feature some of the menus and abilities described in this manual may not be available in all systems since many features require a particular module installation In addition some of the menu screens may appear different from those displayed in this manual The user interface screen has a number of windows and bars some of which may be disabled that comprise the main screens of the software The next section Elements of the User Interface identifies each element on the main screen The sections following it provide supporting descriptions for each of these elements NOTE The user interface is a Microsoft Windows 2000 application Information regarding standard Windows 2000 functions is beyond the scope of this document For further information on basic commands and f
237. ops the logging of events Configuring a printer in Windows Printing events as they occur is only possible with a printer capable of printing a single line at a time e g a dot matrix printer Printers such as laser printers which print an entire page at a time cannot do this To use a suitably capable printer for line at a time operation configure it as follows 1 Inthe Windows Start Menu select Settings gt Printers 2 Right click the printer selected as the default Windows printer and select Properties 3 Select the Scheduling tab 4 Select Print directly to the printer and click OK 2 88 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com rtisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference This chapter describes the remote commands that may be used to control the OTS system from an external controller The remote commands conform to IEEE 488 2 and SCPI conventions The OTS system accepts remote commands over GPIB RS 232 serial links or a network using Telnet protocol The Commands Overview section organizes the remote commands by function in a simple command tree format The Syntax section provides an overview of IEEE 488 2 command formats the SCPI conventions
238. orm returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt INSErt DEFEct MODE SOURce lt slot gt INSErt DEFEct MODE lt Enum gt Parameters Description NONE Defect insertion is disabled BURSt A defect condition is asserted for a programmed time CONTinuous A defect condition is asserted continuously PERIodic A defect condition is inserted periodically with programmed on and off times SOURce INSErt DEFEct REPEat 3 76 This command sets the repetition count for PERIODIC defect insertion The value can be an integer to specify the number of defect bursts to be inserted or the keyword INFlnite to specify that periodic defect insertion is to continue until stopped by another command The query returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device Syntax SOURce lt slot gt INSErt DEFEct REPEat SO
239. ors and Connectors ANOMALY The Anomaly indicator can be off red or yellow This indicator will turn red if an anomaly B1 B2 REI L B3 FAS REI P or payload error is detected It will flash red if an anomaly is detected intermittently A yellow history indicator signifies that an anomaly has been detected since the most recent test started but is not currently detected The Anomaly indicator will turn off when a new test is started Rx Event OUT The Rx Event Output is user activated and provides an active HIGH pulse for each defect or anomaly detected It can be used as a means of triggering an oscilloscope or other test equipment Optical IN The Optical IN connection accepts the incoming optical signal to the receiver This input signal must have a wavelength between 1250nm to 1600nm and should not exceed 0dBm of power CAUTION The incoming signal must be attenuated to within specified power levels If the signal exceeds 8dBm damage will occur Received Data OUT The Received Data Output provides an electrical data output derived directly from the Optical IN signal Data IN The Data Input provides an electrical data input of the Tx Optical OUT signal This signal must be used in conjunction with the Clock Input Clock IN The Clock Input provides an electrical clock input of the Tx Optical OUT signal This signal must be used in conjunction with the Data Input DCC The Data Communications Channel provid
240. ound Channels The Background Channels section controls the settings for signal structure and test pattern of the non active background channels Signal Structure Signal structure allows the user to choose the mapping structure for the background channels of the transmitted signal The mapping structures provided for background channels are listed in the table below SONET SDH 4x STS 12c 4 x VC4 4c 16 x STS 3c 16 x VC4 64 x STS 1 64 x VC3 Test Pattern Test Pattern allows the user to select one of four available patterns to fill the background of the internally generated signal The default pattern fill is inverted PN23 The patterns available are gt Inverted PN23 ITU 0 151 gt All Zeros gt All Ones gt Fixed Data 8 bit When Fixed Data is selected a button marked Edit Fixed Data is displayed To change the Fixed Data to a different value click the Edit Fixed Data button and type the new value into the text box beside the button In the Test Pattern selection box observe that the value after Fixed Data changes to match the newly entered value SPE VC3 Stuff Column Control The stuff column control allows column 30 and column 59 of the SPE VC3 to be stuffed with either all zeros or with the selected payload pattern This option is only available if the pattern is STS 1 or VC3 2 16 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www arti
241. out Signal Structure Signal structure allows the user to choose the mapping structure of the transmitted signal The mapping structures provided are listed in the table below As shown the structures all provide concatenated structures SONET SDH 1x STS 48c 1 x VC4 16c 4x STS 12c 4 x VC4 4c 16 x STS 3c 16 x VC4 64 x STS 1 64 x VC3 Test Pattern Test Pattern allows the user the select a pattern to fill the chosen active channel of the internally generated signal The patterns available are gt PNI5 PRBS 215 1 Inverted PN15 ITU 0 151 PN23 PRBS 223 1 Inverted PN23 ITU 0 151 PN31 PRBS 2431 1 Inverted PN31 ITU 0 150 All Zeros All Ones gt Fixed Data 16 bit When Fixed Data is selected a button marked Edit Fixed Data is displayed To change the Fixed Data to a different value click the Edit Fixed Data button and type the new value into the text box beside the button In the Test Pattern selection box observe that the value after Fixed Data changes to match the newly entered value VV VV OTS9300 User Manual 2 15 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface SPE VC3 Stuff Column Control The stuff column control allows column 30 and column 59 of the SPE VC3 to be stuffed with either all zeros or with the payload pattern This option is only available if the pattern is STS 1 or VC3 Backgr
242. pecified Near End Line parameter from GR 253 analysis of received data Ratios are returned as NR3 values other parameters as NR1 values lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis GR253A LINE NEAR lt Enum gt Parameters Description CV_C CV Count CV_R CV Count ratio BBE_C Background block errors BBE_R Background block error ratio ES _C Errored seconds ES_R Errored second ratio SES C Severely errored seconds SES _R Severely errored second ratio ESA_C Errored seconds type A ESA_R Errored second type A ratio ESB C Errored seconds type B ESB R Errored second type B ratio CSES_C Consecutive SES periods UAS_C Unavailable seconds UAS_R Unavailable seconds error ratio SENSe ANALysis GR253 A LINE NEAR ALL This query returns the values of all of the Near End Line parameters from GR 253 analysis of received data The parameters are returned in the order in which they are listed under SENSe ANALysis GR253A LINE NEAR Ratios are returned as NR3 values other parameters as NR1 values lt Slot
243. pecifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA SECTion TRACe TYPE SOURCce lt slot gt DATA SECTion TRACe TYPE lt Enum gt Parameters Description L1B Constant 8 bit data L16B A repeating sequence of 16 bytes 0 filled with CRC L16FREE A repeating sequence of 16 bytes arbitrary format L64B A repeating sequence of 64 bytes space filled with CR LF L64FREE A repeating sequence of 64 bytes arbitrary format OTS9300 User Manual 3 69 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SOURce DATA SECTion TRACe VALUe This command sets the data byte values transmitted in the Section Trace JO byte of the Transport Overhead The data bytes are formatted as a standard IEEE 488 data block The query form returns the current values lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the
244. perates like the LED Window This panel is accessed via the View Figure 2 7 Virtual LED Indicators menu It may also be toggled from the tool bar To xl make the panel always remain on top of the Get tay T Aber on Windows screen check the box marked Always m RESEN moina on top Signal Signal Signal A OO Los OO Los OO Los There are two differences between the LED OO LOF OO LOF OO LOF OO SEF OO SEF OO SEF Window and the module LED panel The module OO Fas OO Fas OO Fas LED panel does not provide the LED display Be ae a he ag as options all LEDs are always displayed In oie Ieee ie LB iti i OO ADIL OO ADIL OO ADIL addition in the module LED panel mode all l e ee A receiver LED panels are shown In the example in OO ase OO ase OO Lope OO Lope Figure 2 8 there are two receiver modules loaded OO B OO B an OTS91R1 and an OTS91R2 Observe that the Seite i O Time O TMP LEDs shown are different for each module p a TE ata OO PLMP OO PLMP NOTE For each module the user interface only OO iss OO Lss OO BitEnor OO BitEnor displays the options available for that module If the options are not displayed then the option is not available for that particular module Figure 2 8 Module LED Panel OTS9300 User Manual 2 9 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Table 2 1 D
245. ple OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis SECTion TRACe EXPEcted TYPE SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis SECTion TRACe EXPEcted TYPE lt Enum gt Parameters Description L1B Constant 8 bit data L16B A repeating sequence of 16 bytes 0 filled with CRC LI6FREE A repeating sequence of 16 bytes arbitrary format L64B A repeating sequence of 64 bytes space filled with CR LF L64FREE A repeating sequence of 64 bytes arbitrary format 3 30 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe ANALysis SECTion TRACe EXPEcted VALUe This command sets the data byte values used by the receiver for Trace Identifier Mismatch measurements The data bytes are formatted as a standard IEEE 488 data block These values may also be set by the SENSe ANALysis SECTion TRACe EXPEcted command The query form returns the current values lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot de
246. put LOW 0 8V Vol 2 0 0V Voltage Output HIGH 3 8V Voh 2 1 7V Pulse Width for anomalies 25ns pulse nominal except at 100ns when in OC 3 STM 1 Description User specified to be asserted active HIGH for each detected Defect or Anomaly Data IN Connector SMA External Termination 50Q AC coupled Voltage Level 800 mV 200 mV Frequency all supported data rates Description Provides an electrical data input must be used in conjunction with the Electrical clock input A 12 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Specifications Electrical Clock IN Connector SMA External Termination 50Q AC coupled Voltage Level 800 mV 200 mV Frequency all supported clock rates Phasing The clock to data phase relationship is measured from the center of the data eye The rising edge must be within the following specifications to the center of the data eye 2 488 2 66Gb s 75ps 622Mb 600ps 155Mb s Ins Description Provides an electrical clock input must be used in conjunction with the Electrical Data input of the Tx Optical OUT DCC Data Communications Channel Connector 15 pin micro D connector Internal Termination 100 Q DC coupled Available bytes Section D1 D3 SDCC Line D4 D12 LDCC User selected bytes F1 F2 F3 El or E2 Rate 64 KHz to 576 KHz Interface V 11 X 22 RS 422 compatible Description Provi
247. r values these appear after the header and separated from the header by a space Multiple parameter values are separated by commas Example The command to set the OTS 9100 Receiver input threshold voltage to 100 mV is SENSE INPUT THRESHOLD 100 where SENSE INPUT THRESHOLD is the header and 100 is the parameter value Query format 3 8 A query fetches the current value of an instrument parameter measurement or status condition A query consists of a header like that of a command followed by a question mark If a query includes parameter values these appear after the question mark and a separating space Example The query to fetch from the OTS 9100 Receiver the current setting of the input threshold voltage is SENSE INPUT THRESHOLD The response to this query might be the value 100 it might also be formatted as a complete command for example lt SENSE INPUT THRESHOLD 100 as controlled by the SYSTEM HEADERS and SYSTEM VERBOSE commands q v OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Syntax Parameter types and formats Parameter values may be of several different types e g integer numbers floating point numbers selections from a list of particular values strings etc The following are the parameter types that appear in OTS system remote control commands lt NRI gt lt NR2 gt lt NR3
248. rameters Days Hrs Mins The query form returns the current setting in the same form Syntax SYSTem FILEs MGMT RESUIts AGE SYSTem FILEs MGMT RESUIts AGE lt NR1 gt lt NR1 gt lt NR1 gt SYSTem FILEs MGMT RESUIts COUNt This command sets the maximum number of result files allowed before deletion begins The order in which files are deleted is based on the sort criteria see the SORT command below The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem FILEs MGMT RESUIts COUNt SYSTem FILEs MGMT RESUIts COUNt lt NR1 gt SYSTem FILEs MGMT RESUIts DESTination This command defines the path to the files to be deleted This command requires the full path including drive letter The query form returns the current directory path marked for deletion Syntax SYSTem FILEs MGMT RESUIts DESTination SYSTem FILEs MGMT RESUIts DESTination lt String gt 3 96 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SYSTem FILEs MGMT RESUIlts ENABle This command enables or disables each individual deletion trigger During the current revisit interval the enable flags are polled if an enabled criteria is met file deletion will begin and continue until all enabled criteria have been satisfied Disabling the revisit interval flag will keep the system from deleting any files while maintaining
249. ranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Anomaly Insertion 2 26 The anomaly insertion section of the error insertion menu as shown in Figure 2 22 provides all controls for inserting anomalies The Edit Anomaly button provides controls to set the anomaly type rate and distribution The Insert Single Anomaly button inserts a single occurrence of the selected anomaly The Start Continuous Insertion button triggers the continuous insertion of the selected anomaly When the Continuous button is clicked the Insertion status changes from Inactive to Active Also the Error status box in the bottom right corner of the screen turns red and the text changes from Error Inactive to Error Active When the continuous insertion is stopped by clicking on the same button the Error status returns to Inactive L i Anomaly Insertion Type None Insertion Inactive Edit Anomaly Insertion Settings Insert single Anomaly Start Continuous Insertion Figure 2 22 Anomaly Insertion of the Error Insertion menu Edit Anomal y xj To change the anomaly settings click on Edit Anomaly Insertion Settings The Edit Anomaly Insertion Parameters dialog box as maaten penan shown in Figure 2 23 is now displayed C Poisson Use the pull down menu to select the anomaly Insertion Rate type The types available are B1 BIP B2 e290 a x10 F 3 SEMSAR BIP B3 BIP REI L MS REI
250. ration STS1 STS3c STS12c STS48c structured payloads filled with user selected test pattern e 155Mb s to 2 488Gb s SDH Regenerator Section Multiplex Section and Path Testing B1 B2 B3 MS REI REI P and random bit Error Generation B1 B2 B3 MS REI REI P Error Measurement RS MS and Path Alarm Generation JO J1 byte and sequence Capture JO J1 Trace Edit RS MS and Path Alarm Detection RS MS and Path Layer Alarm Error Generation VC 4c VC 4 4c VC 4 16c structured payloads filled with user selected test pattern e Two types of Error Generation Poisson Random Error Distribution Conventional Linear Error Distribution e Multi channel multi rate capability in a single mainframe e Available in Transceiver Receive Only and Transmit Only configurations e Variable Offset of Opitcal Receiver Decision Threshold e Windows 2000 compatible user interface e Easily switched between SONET and SDH modes e BERT Unframed mode available at multiple rates e Through Mode with Overhead Editing Anomaly and Defect Injection e Direct user download of software updates e GR 253 CORE and ITU T G 708 G 709 framing e Complete Remote Control via RS 232 GPIB and Ethernet LAN 10BaseT ports e Interface to STE LTE and other test equipment 1 2 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Accessories Getting Started Some accessories are included with the OTS
251. red Second SONET Synchronous Optical Network SPE Synchronous Payload Envelope STS Synchronous Transport Signal STS N Synchronous Transport Signal level N TIM Trace Identifier Mismatch TOH Transport Overhead TU Tributary Unit TUG Tributary Unit Group Tx Transmitter UAS Unavailable Second VC Virtual Container VT Virtual Tributary B 2 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Emergency Startup Disk These instructions explain how to make an emergency startup disk for your OTS system It is recommended that you take the time to do this procedure every time you change your system configuration such as modifying the network settings The process takes less than five minutes Accessing Help Files The procedure for making an emergency startup disk is located in the Windows Help files Follow the steps below to access these files and create the emergency disk You will need a blank floppy disk for the procedure NOTE Make sure you are on the correct OTS system before making the emergency disk Because of licensing information an emergency startup disk must be made for each system Click on the Start menu and select Help In the Help dialog box select the Index tab and type in Emergency 3 The following dialog box is displayed Click on the button as prompted to begin making the emergency disk Windows NT Help Iof x Heip Topics
252. returns a time value and four integer values that represent the status conditions listed in the table above The parameters are returned as hexadecimal base 16 numbers Each condition appears as a bit value in one of the four parameter values returned the particular parameter and bit value appears in the table above Note that the high order eight bits of each parameter identify the parameter in question and do not represent LED status conditions The optional time parameter specifies the earliest time of interest lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt STATus LEDS HEXadecimal lt NR1 gt OTS9300 User Manual 3 53 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe STATus LEDS NUMEric This query is an alternative form of SENSe STATus LEDS It returns a time value and four integer values that represent the status conditions listed in the table above The parameters are returned as decimal num
253. ror counts for the following are available through the receiver Errored Blocks Errored Seconds Severely Errored Seconds Unavailable Ratio Unavailable Seconds Errored Seconds Ratio Severely Errored Seconds Ratio Consecutive Severely Errored Seconds Periods Background Block Errors Background Block Error Ratio Total Count Available Errored Blocks Available Errored Seconds Available Background Block Errors Available Severely Errored Seconds and BER Alarms Detection LOS input is monitored for the all zeros condition When the signal has been off for more than 2 3microseconds the LOS condition is declared LOF SEF If 4 or more consecutive frames have FAS errors then SEF is declared and reframing is attempted If SEF persists for more than 3 milliseconds LOF is declared AIS L The K2 byte is monitored for occurrence of all ones in three least significant bits e SONET If it occurs in five consecutive frames AIS L is declared e SDH If it occurs in three consecutive frames MS AIS is declared RDI L The K2 byte is monitored for occurrence of the 110 code in three least significant bits e SONET If it occurs in five consecutive frames RDI L is declared e SDH If it occurs in three consecutive frames MS RDI is declared AIS P If the pointer equals 3FF for three to five frames then AIS P is declared RDI P If the G1 bits 5 6 and 7 do not equal 000 or 001 a RDI P condition is declared REI P If the G1 bits 1 through 4 contai
254. round block errors are the count of errored blocks during non severely errored seconds ES Errored Seconds are the number of seconds since testing was started or restarted in which one or more errors were detected Errored seconds are only counted during available time SES Severely Errored Seconds are counted per ITU T G 826 and GR 253 CORE specifications Severely errored seconds are only counted during available time UAS Unavailable Seconds are the number of seconds during which error performance was such that the received signal was deemed to be unavailable Transition into and out of the unavailable state is evaluated according to ITU T G 826 and GR 253 CORE standards CSES Consecutive Severely Errored Seconds are the count of consecutive severely errored second periods A CSES period is defined as a period of more than 2 but less than 10 consecutive SES ESA Errored Second Type A is a second in which a single anomaly was detected OTS9300 User Manual 2 61 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface ESB Errored Second Type B is a second in which there was more than one anomaly but fewer than the threshold for declaration of a Severely Errored Second Analysis SDH G 826 The SDH G 826 menu has two selections on the top for Analysis Results RS MS and Path Click either choice to display the SDH analy
255. rs ccceceeesesseeeeeeeeenansesseeeeesnansesseneesenaneas 2 1 FROCCING 5 aia A 2 2 M d l OK nea T A A 2 2 LOS a A a E 2 2 DEFEG Trvanie a aa a a a a e A 2 2 ANOMALY vis cietes cindastciaksctervend eves vakecdev AE T E E AA AS 2 3 RX EVENT OUT ecciicsccsticcscctasassessaaiedtasavasdecsis oi evissudgucataacdsvesdaidicctinadscstaasdestannaaanees 2 3 070107 1 LN ee ere 2 3 Received Data OUT inongan hata gandechatiasiets Ss a a geaaadiancndedtes 2 3 Data IN asra a gasadeanaca a a aaa A a a 2 3 CIOCKIN a aen a E E E N 2 3 DN Casas T A a E N 2 3 Transmiterea aaa aa ase ead cater a a aea 2 4 M d l OKni aa a aa na a 2 4 REF CLK OU T a r n a EA E e A Eaa 2 4 FRM TRIG OUT 0 0 cece ceceescecccececeaeeaseeeeeceeeseaueesseeeeeeceaueesaeeeeeeeaueasneeeeeeeeauaasnesees 2 4 THC EVENT QU Tienimi a aa A A RAN 2 4 Optical OUT ia a a a aa aaa aE A 2 5 Laser Lockout Remote Interlock cccccssessecceeeeceaseseeeeeeeceaneesneceeeeeeanenneeees 2 5 DATA OUT ea E ca acy aaa 2 5 25G CLK IN inina innad aa aa a 2 5 DOC imema iia i AAEE A A AAE EEE AE EA S RAAE 2 5 User Interface miniin inane nane a a eaa ETa SR 2 6 Elements of the User Interface ccccccccccccssssceeeeeeeceanensseceeceeeseaaaeeeeeeeeseaaeeeseeses 2 7 Main Siats Bab niee a A E E E Rete naes 2 7 TOODA aranin a a a a a N at heabieceaeteeanas 2 8 Laser Control Bal sissi hernisi eia aadi a A A A A 2 8 Test Control Bar cccccccccccccesssceeeeeeeceseeesncec
256. rtisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe ANALysis PATH TRACe EXPEcted This command sets the data sequence length and data byte values against which the receiver compares the received signal for path Trace Identifier Mismatch measurements The data bytes are formatted as a standard IEEE 488 data block The query form returns the current settings of these parameters lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis PATH TRACe EXPEcted SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis PATH TRACe EXPEcted lt Enum gt lt Block gt Parameters Description L1B Constant 8 bit data L16B A repeating sequence of 16 bytes 0 filled with CRC LI6FREE A repeating sequence of 16 bytes arbitrary format L64B A repeating sequence of 64 bytes space filled with CR LF L64FREE A repeating sequence of 64 bytes arbitrary format SENSe ANALysis PATH TRACe EXPEcted TY PE This command sets the data sequence length used by
257. run To access the Results File Management tool click on the Systems menu and select Results File Management The Results File Deletion Parameters dialog box is displayed as shown in Figure 2 64 All cleanup parameters may be independently enabled or disabled by modifying the check box to the left of the relevant parameter Disabled parameters will retain their prior settings while disabled The value fields for disabled will be grayed out indicating that the relevant limit is not being checked All changes to parameters do not take effect until the OK button is pressed The overall cleanup process is controlled by the pair of radio buttons at the top of the dialog If the Disabled button is selected then all results file cleanup will be turned off Results file cleanup is accomplished in two steps The first step selects files to be moved or deleted Results file sets a history file and a summary file are processed from oldest to newest based on the setting of the Delete files by oldest control This allows files to be selected based on their creation time last modification time or last accessed time Files are added to the delete move list until all enabled criteria have been met OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Results File Deletion Parameters m Automatic file deletion move is C Disable
258. s OTSS1R2 10 Gb s Fixe 1 Pointer Event Event Counts Rx Pointer Increments Pointer Decrements OTS93A1 2 5 Gb s Receiver 1 Q ASP For Help press F1 Pointer New Data Flag 0 0 t LOPP Pointer Discontinuous Change 0 Q B3 Q RDP Invalid Pointer Change 0 REIP fs A TMP Invalid Pointer Value 0 O UNEQP Invalid Pointer New Data Flag 0 Q PLMP iss BitEnor iei EnA E Figure 2 47 Real Time menu Pointers display The top right side of the Pointers real time measurement display represents the parameters measured during the last N seconds where N is the number of seconds selected The Measurements Results section shows the pointer history during the selected time period 2 52 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface System Yiew Device Window Help e E n Aa a zixl la On or All Lasers gt on IG gt o AI Tests os M ts OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s R 1 a easurements ab s Receiver LED Display jar Signal Monitor Real Time Cumulative History Select Ned i tecnica a Section and Line Seconds fio a Clear Signal Present sia gow C Pointers LOF OTSSIRI 10 Gb s Selected SEF Rx 1 ie FAS f Measurement Results Last 10 Seconds B1 Errors J OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s Receiver 1 B2 Eros sts FAS Errors REI L Errors
259. s the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA PAYLoad BACKground PATTern SOURce lt slot gt DATA PAYLoad BACKground PAT Tern lt Enum gt Parameters Description PRBS23l Inverted PRBS 2423 1 pattern ZEROs Constant zero data ONEs Constant one data USER Constant 8 bit user specified data OTS9300 User Manual 3 65 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SOURce DATA PAYLoad BACKground PATTern UDATA This command selects the background fixed test pattern for the transmitter signal The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the s
260. santg com Operating Basics User Interface Transmitter Transport Overhead The overhead menu as shown in Figure 2 11 of the Transmitter setup can be used to pass or change the signal overhead bytes in the first STS 1 or STM 1 In addition the JO Trace and S1 byte may be edited The editing procedure for each is described in more detail in the following sections NOTE Overhead data displays are in hexadecimal format All edits to overhead display must be in hexadecimal format Il System View Device Window Help 3 HE kA la m E Ia Ea orfan Lasers gt on IR gt m fan Tests as i Setup OTS93T1 2 5 Gb s Transmitter 1 Signal Transport Overhead Path Overhead Error Insertion K1 K2 Decode DCC Orderwire o Overhead for STS 1 4 p Jhiraugh Made oraint geba Am A2 nijs M Regenerate B1 Parity Bng E1 00 Fl oo F Regenerate B2 Parity g D1 po D2 0 D3 f0 Q a m Ho H3 so Ovenvrite Incoming e OTSS1R2 10 Gb LCI By nem e2 KI oo K2 00 a a D4 00 D5 00 D 00 ae o gog D Ds D9 oo po di po M DIDI Section DCC Q OTS91T1 10 Gb s D10 00 D11 00 D12 oo Sas ty eee Te ttt I K1 K2 APS Q s1 fpo z2 00 E2 f0 M D4 012 Line DCC Q g Edotenead F S1 Sync Status a OTSSIT2 10 Gb s il Q T 1 m REIL m e M1 o Edim mE Q z TEWI Q oo r Section Trace J0 g Bip yen bis Trace fektronix BTT 5 Length
261. sdnctavavcnstivesasesterecns 3 34 SENSe DATA PAYLOad PAT Tern c ccccccccsceeeecccseeeceseeeeseeeeescesauaeeeeeaeseeseuaeseeeas 3 35 SENSES DAT APO Aevctced seco Seid coer ao devi spacoutcgansteucdaatecunseadeutdpudecssasuadgacueceant 3 36 SSENSES DATA RATE iraa eaa rE A dradpennyanneswadeadecuedabccxwadeadedscasnddsacawaceced 3 37 SENSe DATA SECTion TRAG siccccctoid ei cdileceecs A A AAT 3 37 SENSE DATA SPE STUFFING ener aa E ia A neice 3 39 SENSe DATA STRUCIUTE nasnsiraaiia iiaa rinadi iaia Tias A E AAA a 3 39 SENSe DATA TOP Muasin iiasani TAEAE OALE A VAENE A S AAEE AE GAA A aaia iee 3 39 SENSe INPUETHRES hold 0 0 cece ccce cece eecesece ee cessaeeeseeeeeseeueueesssuaaaeeeeeaeseesauaeeeevans 3 40 SENSe MEASure APSTiMme 0c ceeccccceecececeeeccceeeeeeeeseeeueeseeeesseuuuaeeeeeaaeeseeeaeeseeaa 3 41 SSENSe MEAS Ure LINE is naea N AEN a E aa 3 43 SENSe MEASure OVERhead PRBS 0 ccccecccceececeseeecessseeeecessauueeeeeeeeeeaueeeeeeans 3 45 SENS MEASume PATA sic xiectccecseecide feccidedactcedde covdeide foeel odactsdvcdiecduechodacuavededdectdegedebes 3 46 SENSe MEASure POINter oo ccc cccccccccceecececeeecceseeeeeeeeeeuueeeeeesseusaueeeeeeaneeeeneeseeuaa 3 48 SENSe MEASure SECTIon iisisti anida aa A 3 49 SENSe MEASure WINDOW n sitiinnroiiicnniieii ient i a a 3 50 SENSe OVERhead MONItor CHANnel 0 ccccccccececceeeeeeseseeesessaueeeeesaeeeseeeeeeeeaa 3 51 SENSE SIGNEN anaiaren a AE ee
262. selected STM 1 STS 3 The information presented on the screen is constantly updated To suspend the update click the Pause Update button The button will change to a Resume Update button and will say PAUSED beside it The display will not be updated again until the Resume Update button is clicked NOTE Pausing the update only suspends the local display updates the OTS system is still capturing data The listed channel refers to the active channel of the receiver Only the active channel payload can be monitored To change this display change the active channel in the receiver signal menu setup 2 44 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Path Trace J1 The Path Trace J1 provides the current values of the J1 multi byte trace The 16 byte J1 Trace receives 15 bytes ending with a CRC The 64 byte J1 Trace receives 62 bytes with CR LF The Expected and Received values are both displayed providing an easy visual comparison of the J1 Trace The length of the Trace is also provided as both expected and received values C2 Status C2 Status displays the received and expected C2 byte values The C2 byte value is decoded and displayed in ASCII format To edit the C2 byte go to the Path Overhead section of the Transmitter setup and enter the desired hexadecimal value OTS9300 User Manual 2 45 Artisan Tec
263. ser interface also provides Windows Help files for further information on specific topics How This Manual is Organized This manual is divided into four sections Getting Started Operating Basics Reference and Appendices e Getting Started provides an overview of the OTS9300 module and describes first time operation e Operating Basics explains the basic principles of operating the OTS9300 The Operating Basics section also includes sample applications e Reference provides a brief overview of the syntax and format used for remote commands and provides explanations and listings of all the remote commands that may be used with the OTS system e The Appendices provide a listing of specifications default factory settings list of acronyms and other useful information OTS9300 User Manual xi Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Preface Conventions This manual uses the following conventions The names of front panel connectors and LEDs appear in the manual in the same format as found on the front panel label for example OPTICAL IN and Tx EVENT OUT When the user interface is discussed all menus name tags and buttons appear in the manual in the same format as found in the user interface for example Enable COM2 and Output Pulse Trigger In reference to terminology the user interface may be set to either SDH or SONET references The user ma
264. ser to inject anomalies and defects System View Device Window Help e i ii EINA E A On o fAllLasers IR b o0 B Al Tests z F F 7 a Setup OTS93T1 2 5 Gb s Transmitter 1 LED Display fr me Signal Transport Overhead Path Overhead Error Insertion K1 K2 Decode DCC Orderwire T rAnomaly Insertion OTSI1R1 10 Gb s Type None Signal Present Rx 1 9 Los RX Insertion Inactive a 0TS91R2 10 Gb s 7 Rx 1 Edit Anomaly Insertion Settings B J Insert single Anomaly o 0 Q Pe aa Start Continuous Insertion fo Q TX r Defect Insertion OTS91T2 10 Gb s Type s None Q Tue 1 Q RX Q m Q OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s Receiver 1 S Insertion Inactive Q D o Edit Defect Insertion Settings oO OTS93T1 2 5 Gb s BkEnor Transmitter 1 Insert Sinale Burs sern single Burst E al El E Start Periodic Insertion Signal Monitor 5 Start Continuous Insertion Test Control APS Meas For Help press F1 Fans Test Laser Inactive Inactive Off Figure 2 21 Transmitter Error Insertion menu The menu is broken into two separate sections Anomaly Insertion provides the ability to inject anomalies with single periodic or continuous injection at a selected rate Defect Insertion provides the ability to inject defects with single periodic or continuous insertion OTS9300 User Manual 2 25 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Gua
265. signal through the module in two ways non intrusive and intrusive Non intrusive will output an unmodified external signal Intrusive allows the user to modify some aspects of the external signal as it passes through the module To set the Overhead bytes available for overwriting refer to the Transport Overhead or Path Overhead screens Timing Source Timing Source selects either internal or external timing Internal timing uses the internal clock 2 14 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Trigger Output The Trigger Output allows the user to select what condition activates the output trigger Check the appropriate box for Anomaly Trigger or Defect trigger or activate both Selecting Defects provides an active HIGH for each frame with inserted defects Selecting Anomalies provides an active HIGH for each frame with inserted anomalies Active Channel s The Active Channel s section controls the settings for signal structure and test pattern of the selected active channel s To set the active channel use the up down cursors or click the Set Channel button When the Set Channel button is clicked the bar for Active channel changes into an interactive menu Type in the text box to select the channel or click Set Channel to choose channel 1 If the Set All button is clicked the Background Channels section is grayed
266. signation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis SECTion TRACe EXPEcted VALUe SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis SECTion TRACe EXPEcted VALUe lt Block gt SENSe ANALysis SECTion TRACe EXPEcted VALUe STRIng This command sets the data byte values used by the receiver for Trace Identifier Mismatch measurements The byte values are formatted as an ASCII string These values may also be set by the SENSe ANALysis SECTion TRACe EXPEcted command The query form returns the current values lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis SECTion TRACe EXPEcted VALUe STRIng SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis SECTion TRACe EXPEcted VALUe STRIng lt String gt SENSe ANALysis SECTion TRACe TIM This command enables or disables the inclusion of Trace Identifier Mismatch errors in the analysis of received signals The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the modu
267. sis results for the selection The display reflects the available Near End and Far End error count analysis data as shown in Figures 2 58 and 2 59 The analysis data is explained in greater detail below System View Device Window Help e E E RA m BL A on on fan Lasers z Ar gt m m e fall Tests J Signal Monitor Test Control SONET TIM1 SDH G 826 Test Complete Elapsed Time 00 00 00 Analysis Results a RS MS re oo C Path oO orsin poob Regenerator Section Multiplexer Section A Near End Far End e LI oo Count Ratio Count Ratio Count Ratio 0T591R2 10 Gb Fixe HHT EB 0 0 000 EB l 0 0 000 0 0 000 RX BBE l 0 0 000 BBE 0 0 000 0 0 000 oO aog OTS93ATZ5 Gb s ES 0 0 000 ES 0 0 000 0 0 000 z Receiver 1 SES a 0 000 SES a 0 000 a 0 000 oO UAS o 0 000 uas l o 0 000 a 0 000 a cses 0 cses 0 0 Q Q Bit Error APS Meas For Help press F1 DE aa E Figure 2 58 Analysis menu SDH G 826 RS MS 2 62 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface g System view Device Window Help E n Ala Gt A on orfan Lasers z IR b gt Oo g fan Tests gt oo x rags A xf Analysis OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s Receiver 1
268. slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt DATA TOH STM1A ALL OTS9300 User Manual 3 39 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe DATA TOH STS1IA ALL This query returns a block of data representing the Transport Overhead data from an STS 1 in the received signal lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device The optional numeric parameter specifies STS 1 1 through STS 1 3 in the currently monitored channel if this parameter is omitted the selection defaults to STS 1 1 The command lt SENSE OVERHEAD MONITOR CHANNEL selects a particular group of three STS 1s that the receiver monitors There are 27 bytes in the block returned These correspond to the overhead bytes A1 A2 JO B1 E1 F1 D1 D3 H1 H3 B2 K1 K2 D4 012 S1 Z2 E2 If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt DATA TOH STS1A ALL lt NR1 gt SENSe INPUt THREsh
269. smitted data independent of the setting of this parameter query response only OTS9300 User Manual 3 63 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SOURce DATA PATH TRACe This command sets the data sequence length and data byte values transmitted in the Path Trace J1 byte of the Path Overhead The data bytes are formatted as a standard IEEE 488 data block The query form returns the current settings lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA PATH TRACe SOURce lt slot gt DATA PATH TRACe lt Enum gt lt Block gt Parameters Description L1B Constant 8 bit data L16B A repeating sequence of 16 bytes 0 filled with CRC LI6FREE A repeating sequence of 16 bytes arbitrary format L64B A repeating sequence of 64 bytes space filled with CR LF L64FREE A repeating sequence of 64 bytes arbitrary format SOURce DATA PATH TRACe TYPE This command sets the data sequence length transm
270. smitter 1 Background C2 Path Label a Fr emoe Prequpmes For Help press F1 Error Test Laser ER Inactive OFF Figure 2 16 Transmitter Path Overhead menu OTS9300 User Manual 2 21 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Path Overhead for SONET x Edit Path Overhead man To edit the path overhead click the Edit button This B3 7 brings up a Path Overhead dialog box shown in c2 Figure 2 17 The dialog box displays the overhead Gi fo bytes in white text boxes To edit highlight the F2 oo appropriate box and type in the desired entry To set Ha oo the overhead back to its default state click the Restore 23 foo Defaults button When editing is complete click OK z4 jo to return to the main screen zZ jo Restore Defaults Path Through Mode Cancel When using through mode a number of the Path overhead bytes may be overwritten as the external signal passes through the module This is done Figure 2 17 Path Overhead through the use of the Through Mode selections dialog box available in the Path Overhead menu as shown in Figure 2 18 Ifthe box is checked for Regenerate B3 Parity the receiver will recalculate the B3 parity and insert the new information into the overhead as the signal is passed through the module To disable B3 parity regeneration ensure that the Regenerate B3 Parity box is
271. splayed The results are accumulated while the test runs and are cleared when a new test begins If an Rx icon is clicked the Analysis menu is displayed This menu contains two separate menu screens each selected by a tab These tabs SONET T1M1 and SDH G 826 each display an aspect of the Receiver Analysis function Analysis SONET T1M1 The SONET T1M1 menu has two selections on the top for Analysis Results Section Line and Path Click either choice to display the SONET analysis results for the selection The display reflects the available Near End and Far End error count analysis data as shown in Figures 2 56 and 2 57 The analysis data is explained in greater detail below System View Device Window Help le E i Aa m a Ija on orfAl Lasers IB e m m All Tests al E 3 A xf Saini Analysis OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s Receiver 1 LED Display lars SONET TIM1 SDH G 826 Test Complete Elapsed Time 00 00 00 Analysis Results C o Qo beaded Section Line Near End Far End Q o Count Ratio Count Ratio Count Ratio 2 EEEN I RE cv 0 0 000 cy 0 0 000 0 0 000 z BBE 0 0 000 BBE 0 0 000 i 0 000 Q aner EA ES l 0 0 000 Es 0 0 000 0 0 000 gt Gece ses 0 0000 ses 0 0 000 0 0 000 rot UAS 0 1 000 yas 0 0 000 0 0 000 cses 0 cses 0 0 gt ESA 0 0 000 esa 0 0 000 0 0 000 ESB 0 0 000 ESB 0 0 000
272. ssage stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis PATH TRACe EXPEcted VALUe STRIng SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis PATH TRACe EXPEcted VALUe STRIng lt String gt SENSe ANALysis PATH TRACe TIM This command enables or disables the inclusion of path Trace Identifier Mismatch errors in the analysis of received signals The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis PATH TRACe TIM SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis PATH TRACe TIM lt Boolean gt OTS9300 User Manual 3 29 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe ANALysis SECTion TRACe EXPEcted This command sets the data sequence length and data byte values against which the receiver compares the received signal for Trace Identifier Mismatch measurements The data bytes are formatted as a standard IEEE 488 data block The query form returns the current settings of th
273. sued and pending Information in this publication supersedes that in all previously published material Specifications and price change privileges reserved Tektronix Inc 14200 SW Karl Braun Drive Beaverton OR 97077 USA TEKTRONIX and TEK are registered trademarks of Tektronix Inc Microsoft Windows 2000 Copyright Microsoft Corporation Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Warranty Tektronix warrants that this product will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one 1 year from the date of shipment If any such product proves defective during this warranty period Tektronix at its option either will repair the defective product without charge for parts and labor or will provide a replacement in exchange for the defective product In order to obtain service under this warranty Customer must notify Tektronix of the defect before the expiration of the warranty period and make suitable arrangements for the performance of service Customer shall be responsible for packaging and shipping the defective product to the service center designated by Tektronix with shipping charges prepaid Tektronix shall pay for the return of the product to Customer if the shipment is to a location within the country in which Tektronix service center is located Customer shall be responsible for paying all shipping charges duties taxes and any other charges
274. system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt DATA RATE SENSe lt slot gt DATA RATE lt Enum gt Parameters Description G2P66A 2 66 Gb s OTN Rate G2P5A 2 5 Gb s OC 48 or STM 16 G1P24A 1 244 Gb s OC 24 M622A 622 Mb s OC 12 or STM 4 M155A 155 Mb s OC 3 or STM 1 SENSe DATA SECTion TRACe This query returns the most recently received JO section trace type length and data The data bytes are returned in standard IEEE 488 block data format lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt DATA SECTion TRACe OTS9300 User Manual 3 37 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe DATA SECTion TRACe TY PE This query returns the most recently received JO section trace type length lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defa
275. t include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA POH ALL SOURce lt slot gt DATA POH ALL lt Block gt SOURce DATA POH BACK ground BYTE C2A This command sets the value of the C2 byte in the generated Path Overhead data in all background inactive channels The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA POH BACKground BYTE C2A SOURce lt slot gt DATA POH BACKground BYTE C2A lt NR1 gt SOURce DATA POH BYTE This command sets the value of a specific byte in the generated STS 1 1 Path Overhead data The byte selection is specified by three numeric parameters the first specifies the STS 1 number the second specifies the row number and the third specifies the data Because only STS 1 1 may be selected the first parameter must be set to 1 The query form returns the current byte value lt Slot gt is an optional number tha
276. t number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt DATA POH BYTE lt NR1 gt 3 36 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe DATA POH BYTE C2A This query returns the Path Label C2 byte from the selected active channel in the received signal lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt DATA POH BYTE C2A SENSe DATA RATE This command sets the receiver data rate The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the
277. t number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt MEASure APSTime CONDition SENSe lt slot gt MEASure APSTime CONDition lt Enum gt Parameters Description LOS Loss of Signal All zero pattern lasting more than 2 3 microseconds OOF Severely Errored Frame Out of Frame B1BIP B1 errors B2BIP B2 errors B3BIP B3 errors BIT Bit payload errors AIS_L Line AIS MS AIS AIS_P Path AIS RDI_L Line RDI MS RDI RDI_P Path RDI SENSe MEA Sure APSTime DETEcted This query returns one or more values to indicate the receiver events detected during the most recently performed APS measurement lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt MEASure APSTime DETEcted Parameters Description NONE No conditions were detected LOS Loss of Signal OOF Severely Errored Frame Out of Frame B1BIP B1 errors B2BIP B2 errors B3BIP B3 errors BIT Bit payload errors AIS_L Line AIS MS AIS AIS_P Path AIS RDILL Line RDI MS RDI RDI_P Path RDI OTS9300 User Manual 3 41 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrum
278. t specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA POH BYTE lt NR1 gt SOURce lt slot gt DATA POH BYTE lt NR1 gt lt NR1 gt OTS9300 User Manual 3 67 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SOURce DATA POH BYTE C2A This command sets the value of the C2 byte in the generated active channel Path Overhead data OTS93R1 The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA POH BYTE C2A SOURce lt slot gt DATA POH BYTE C2A lt NR1 gt SOURce DATA P
279. target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T 1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA PATH TRACe VALUe SOURce lt slot gt DATA PATH TRACe VALUe lt Block gt SOURce DATA PATH TRACe VALUe STRIng This command sets the data byte values transmitted in the Path Trace J1 byte of the Path Overhead The data byte values are specified as an ASCII string The query form returns the current values lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA PATH TRACe VALUe STRIng SOURce lt slot gt DATA PATH TRACe VALUe STRIng lt String gt SOURce DATA PAYLoad BACKground PATTern This setting selects the test pattern inserted as payload into background inactive channels of the transmitted signal The query form return
280. ted pattern If External Front Panel is selected the Overhead bytes are stuffed with the external data from the DCC connector on the front panel 2 32 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Receiver Setup Signal The signal menu of the Receiver setup as shown in Figure 2 29 allows the user to set the signal standard and structure the active channel the test pattern and the output pulse trigger This menu also indicates the current value of the receiver threshold offset Each of the selections available is described in more detail in the following sections System wiew Device window Help E n AA m a A on orfan Lasers z IB e m m Bfatests z SS EF T A T Setup OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s Receiver 1 TEES M as 2 Trace Mismatch DCC Orderwire LEL OTS91R1 10 Gb Signal Present Rs it Signal Standard SONET gt Threshold Offset gaos Signal Rate 2 488 Gb s Current Value 0 O LoF ams i SEF OTS91R210 Gb s Signal Type Optical Edit Threshold Offset Rixt Signal Structure STS 48c gt 2 oog o oeat poci Active Channel fi 4 Set Channel O x Q z a Test Pattern PRBS 2 23 1 Inverted ITU 0 151 x o OTSS1T2 10 Gb s Ta 1 Q Q L Trigger Output s OTS92A1 25 Gb s l M Anomaly I Defect I Payload bit error gt Receiver 1 Q SPE VC3 Stuf
281. ted under SENSe ANALysis GR253A PATH NEAR lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis GR253A PATH NEAR ALL 3 24 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe ANALysis GR253A SECTion This query returns the value of the specified Section parameter from GR 253 analysis of received data Ratios are returned as NR3 values other parameters as NR1 values lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt ANALysis GR253A SECTion lt Enum gt
282. tem can contain multiple modules of the same type e g more than one receiver more than one transmitter Any module specific command or query may include as a numeric suffix on the header s first keyword the slot number of the target module to indicate the particular instance of that module for which the command or query is intended For example the command SOURCES INSERT ANOMALY MODE CONTINUOUS is intended for the transmitter module in slot 5 Slot specifiers are indicated by lt Slot gt in the command listings Slot specifiers are optional if a slot specifier is omitted the command or query is directed to the lowest numbered slot that contains a module for which the command or query is valid OTS9300 User Manual 3 13 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description Command Description This section provides detailed descriptions of the format and parameters of all system and OTS9300 specific commands These commands are listed in alphabetical order NOTE Not all commands and command parameters are available for all modules Commands with option limitations are so noted CLS This command clears the IEEE 488 2 error status register and event queue Syntax CLS ESE This command sets the value of the IEEE 488 2 Event Status Enable register The query form returns the current value Syntax ESE ESE
283. ter OxOD an optional preceding LF is ignored SYSTem COMMunicate PORT TXTERM 3 86 This command controls for the current remote control port the characters the OTS 9000 system sends at the end of a query response The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate PORT TXTERM SYSTem COMMunicate PORT TXTERM lt Enum gt Parameters Description LF Line feed LF character Ox0A CR Carriage return CR character 0xOD CRLF CR followed by LF LFCR LF followed by CR OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A DTR This command controls the state of the DTR Data Terminal Ready control signal on the COM1 port The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A DTR lt SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A DTR lt Boolean gt SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A ECHO This command controls for the COM1 serial port how the system echoes the characters it receives The parameter is a numeric value containing three individual control bits The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A ECHO SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A ECHO lt NR1 gt Bit value Function 0 Disables echo 1 Enables echo 2 Causes the input terminator character to be echoed as CR LF 4 Enables input l
284. that the Anomaly LED on the Receive front panel flashes for each B1 injected In the Status window the red B1 indicator should flash for each B1 injected and the yellow B1 indicator should remain lit In the Navigation window click Measurements and select the OTS93T1 2 5Gb s Rx 1 icon Click on the Cumulative tab Verify that the B1 line has data entered On the Test Control bar click the Stop Test button On the Laser Control bar select the OTS93T1 2 5Gb s Tx 1 laser and click Off Use the key provided to enable the laser lockout Emergency Startup Disk Instructions for creating an emergency startup disk can be found in Appendix C It is recommended that you take the time to do this simple procedure every time you change your system configuration Shutdown and Power Off If necessary it is considered safe to shut off power without prior shutdown steps However it is strongly suggested that a more orderly shutdown be followed To perform an orderly shutdown use the following steps l OTS9300 Close the OTS9000 application by clicking the X in the upper right corner or by selecting Exit under the System menu From the Start button on the Windows 2000 Taskbar choose Shut Down On the Shutdown dialog box choose Shut down the computer and click Yes When the Windows 2000 message It is now safe to turn off your computer appears turn off the chassis power User Manual 1 7 Artisan Technology Group
285. tically positioned on the most recently acquired sample and the windows scroll accordingly Moving the cursor automatically turns off this feature When the Zoom Out In slider is set to a resolution other than the finest the display may be automatically zoomed by clicking the mouse at one edge of the area of interest holding down the left button and dragging it to the other edge The zoom setting and scroll position will adjust to show the selected area at the highest resolution possible The Test window shows the test start time and date elapsed time and test state The Data at Cursor window shows the cursor position elapsed time or time of day as selected the count of the selected parameter at the cursor and the maximum value for that parameter at the current display resolution The Search controls allow searching forward or backward for an occurrence of the specified parameter The search starts from the cursor location it will not wrap beyond the end forward or beginning backward of the data For the B1 B2 FAS MS REI REI L B3 REI P and TSE parameters one may specify a search threshold the search will find only intervals containing at least that many errors OTS9300 User Manual 2 59 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Analysis Menu When Analysis is selected from the Navigation window the Analysis menu is di
286. tiple channels being carried in a Dense Wave Division Multiplexer DWDM system providing an end to end continuity check To analyze ensure the box beside the Analyze J1 Trace Mismatch is checked To edit click on the Edit Expected J1 Trace button A dialog box is displayed as shown in Figure 2 33 reflecting the current settings of the J1 Trace Click the appropriate radio button to choose between No Trace 16 Byte Trace and 64 Byte Trace To input a Trace Value click in the Trace Value box and start typing In 16 byte the last byte is filled with CRC In 64 byte the last two bytes are filled with CR LF xl C NoTrace 16 Byte Trace G 707 Hex Value C 64 Byte Trace GR 253 ay Trace Value fT ektronis BTT Cancel Figure 2 33 J1 Trace Editor dialog box 2 38 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Edit C2 Byte The C2 byte is the Path Signal label The C2 byte can be any value from 0x00 to OxFF and may be set in hexadecimal or symbolic form To edit click the Edit Expected C2 button This brings up a dialog box shown in Figure 2 34 The dialog box displays the current C2 setting and allows the option to edit the byte via hexadecimal or symbolic form a subset of 0x00 0xFF xi Symbolic fio Equipped Nonspecific Payload CH 01 i Em Cancel Figure 2 34 Edit C2 dialog box
287. tive PERI_INACT Periodic defect anomaly insertion is inactive PERI_ACT Periodic defect anomaly insertion is active PERI_DWELL Periodic defect anomaly insertion is active SOURce INSErt DEFEct TIME This command sets the on duration of timed defect insertion in the units specified by the command SOURce INSErt DEFEct UNITs In burst and periodic insertion modes defects are asserted for a time specified by this value The query form returns the current value lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device Syntax SOURce lt slot gt INSErt DEF Ect TIME SOURce lt slot gt INSErt DEFEct TIME lt NR2 gt OTS9300 User Manual 3 77 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SOURce INSErt DEFEct TIME RANGe This query returns a unit keyword and two numbers representing the minimum and maximum on duration values for timed insertion of the specified defect The unit keyword is one of FRAME USEC MS SEC SEC10 0 18 and SEC100 0 01S lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system c
288. tory Data Path B System View Device Window Help alxi eE n Alas at A on onfantasers z ar gt m m e fanTess z Measurements OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s Receiver 1 Real Time Cumulative History Display Ai Ptr Incr C Section Line De Deer Path Ptr NDF Pointers r Search Parameter Any bd Prev Next G Any Count exceeds ji Kil CE Zoom Out n ss lt _ gt gt gt M LiveUpdate Detail View Time Axis 1 sec tick Set Cursor fass ooo Parameter PointerlIncr 7 Linear C Logarithmic Data at Cursor r Time Axis Elapsed Time C Time of Day Error Test Laser feubeo pies a Inactive ae on Figure 2 55 Example of Results History Data Pointers 2 58 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface The upper window shows a trace for each measurement parameter A dark rectangle is shown for a measurement interval during which an errored second occurred LOS LOF LOP SEF OOF TIM AIS RDI PLM UNEQ LSS or one or more errors were counted B1 B2 B3 FAS REI BIT TSE The lower window shows a bar graph display B1 B2 FAS REI of the anomaly selected by the Detail View selector The display may be linear or logarithmic and is automatically scaled based on the maximum
289. trigger occurs when an anomaly or defect is received AP A trigger occurs when an anomaly or payload data error is received DP A trigger occurs when a defect or payload data error is received ADP A trigger occurs when an anomaly defect or payload data error is received SOURce APS BYTE K1A This command sets the K1 byte used for APS The query form returns the current value lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device Syntax SOURce lt slot gt APS BYTE K1A SOURce lt slot gt APS BYTE K1A lt NR1 gt OTS9300 User Manual 3 57 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SOURce APS BYTE K2A This command sets the K2 byte used for APS The query form returns the current value lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device Syntax SOURce lt slot gt APS BYTE K2A SOURce lt slot gt APS BYTE K2A lt NR1 gt SOURce CLOCk SOURce This command selects the timing source for the signal generated by the transmitter The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifi
290. ts to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA SOURce SOURce lt slot gt DATA SOURce lt Enum gt Parameters Description INTErnal The payload data comes from the internal test pattern generator THRU Through mode the transmitted data comes from the receiver 3 70 OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SOURce DATA SPE BACK ground STUFfing This command controls the SPE fixed byte stuffing in non active STS 1 channels When enabled columns 30 and 59 of the background channels contain the fixed byte value zero and are not used for payload This command is applicable when the background channel structure is set to STS 1 When disabled columns 30 and 59 are part of the background payload The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and
291. turns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A RATE SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A RATE lt Enum gt Parameters Description R1200B 1200 baud R2400B 2400 baud R4800B 4800 baud R9600B 9600 baud R19KB 19 2K baud R38KB 38 4K baud R57KB 57 6K baud R115KB 115 2K baud SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1IA RTS This command controls the state of the RTS Request to Send control signal on the COM1 port It has no effect when hardware flow control is enabled The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A RTS lt SYSTem COMMunicate SERIlal COM1A RTS lt Boolean gt OTS9300 User Manual 3 89 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A RXTERM This command selects for the COM1 serial port the character the OTS 9000 system recognizes as End of Input The query form returns the current setting Syntax SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A RXTERM SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A RXTERM lt Enum gt Parameters Description LF Line feed LF character Ox0A an optional preceding CR is ignored CR Carriage return CR character OxOD an optional preceding LF is ignored SYSTem COMMunicate SERIal COM1A TXTERM This command controls for the COM1 serial port the characters the OTS 9000 system sends at the end of a query response The qu
292. types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt Slot gt SIGNal STANdard SENSe lt Slot gt SIGNal STANdard SONET SDH Parameters Description SONET Set module to SONET signal mode SDH Set module to SDH signal mode BERT Set module to BERT SENSe SIGNal TY PE 3 52 This command sets the receiver signal type to electrical or optical The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device Syntax SENSe lt slot gt SIGNal TYPE SENSe lt slot gt SIGNal TYPE lt Enum gt Parameters Description ELECtrical Set signal type to electrical OPTical Set signal type to optical OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Command Description SENSe STATus LEDS This query reports the occurrence of various error and status conditions typically shown by front panel status indicator lights The response is an integer number representing the time of the most recent status change followed by strings identifying the active conditions The strings are listed in the
293. uality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Commands Overview Remote Control Setup and Format Commands These commands provide commands to initialize the error reporting system get the error status from the previous commands query response command headers and keywords in short or long form and set binary block data format Initialize error reporting system Get error status from previous commands Query response command headers Query response keywords short long form Binary or hex block data format Remote Control Port Settings status preset system error system headers system verbose system format block These commands provide the GPIB Serial and network port setups as well as the serial and network port protocols GPIB port setup COM1 serial port setup enable baud rate number of data bits number of stop bits flow control mode parity RS 232 DTR line RS 232 RTS line COM2 serial port setup Network port connect address COM1 serial port protocol echo control prompt input terminator output terminator COM2 serial port protocol Network session protocol initial values Current serial or network port session protocol Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation system communicate gpib primary system communicate gpib secondary system communicate serial com1a enable system communicate serial com1a rate system communic
294. ule cards are always placed on anti static surfaces If proper precautions are not taken damage will occur Turn off the power to the OTS system Fully loosen the two screws found on the top and bottom of the module card Push up on the top release and down on the bottom release until the card is released from the connectors Carefully slide the module card out of the slot NOTE If a module card is removed a blanking panel and air diverter must be installed to ensure proper airflow through the system Failure to replace the air diverter and blanking panel could cause the system to overheat Power On and Software Initialization l 4 Set the Power Switch on the back of the OTS chassis to the ON position On the OTS9000 turn on the display monitor To login press CNTL ALT DEL The login information dialog box is now displayed Verify that the user name is Administrator and there is no password then click OK To launch the OTS user interface application click the OTS9000 icon on the desktop NOTE The OTS application may also be reached through the START menu Click START select Tektronix then click OTS9000 OTS9300 User Manual 1 5 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Getting Started Module Quick Check NOTE Before installing the optical cables clean the optical fiber connectors on both the cable ends and the front pan
295. ults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt DATA SECTion TRACe TYPE SENSe DATA SECTion TRACe VALUe This query returns the most recently received JO section trace data The data bytes are returned in IEEE 488 block data format lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SENSe lt slot gt DATA SECTion TRACe VALUe SENSe DATA SECTion TRACe VALUe STRIng 3 38 This query returns the most recently received JO section trace data The data is returned as an ASCII string lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for examp
296. umber that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device If the OTS system contains different module types for example OTS91T2 and OTS93T1 this command must include a slot designation If the slot number is not included the system will return an error message stating that a slot number is required Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA PATH OVERhead PASSthru ALL SOURce lt slot gt DATA PATH OVERhead PASSthru ALL lt NR1 gt SOURce DATA PATH PARIty LOOP This command enables the local calculation of the B3 parity bit when the transmitter is in Through Mode This setting has no effect when the payload is internally generated Only the ON and OFF values are valid for a set command The query form returns the current setting lt Slot gt is an optional number that specifies the module slot containing the device that is the target of the command if omitted it defaults to the lowest numbered slot containing an applicable device Syntax SOURce lt slot gt DATA PATH PARIty _LOOP SOURce lt slot gt DATA PATH PARIty _LOOP lt Enum gt Parameters Description OFF Bit value is taken from the received signal ON Bit value is regenerated from the transmitted data F_OFF Bit value is taken from the received signal independent of the setting of this parameter query response only F_ON Bit value is regenerated from the tran
297. unctions of Windows 2000 refer to the Windows 2000 manual OTS9300 User Manual 2 6 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface Elements of the User Interface The user interface has a number of windows and bars that comprise the main screens of the software Figure 2 6 identifies each of these elements The Navigation Window Test and Laser Control bars and Status bars may be disabled for more viewing space if desired Laser Control bar Test Control bar Il System Yiew Device Window Help Toolbar e E n KAn a on onfa ases z ar gt Me lantests a zix J z Ny Setup OTS93T1 2 5 Gb s Transmitter 1 LED Display lal Signal Transport Overhead Path Overhead Error Insertion K1 K2 Decode DCC Orderwire m W Sone Stondors a OTSSIRI 10 Gb s 3 SRE Signal Present Rs 1 Signal Rate 2 488 Gb s gt Los g Signal Source Internal X e z F orssine 10Gb s Timing Source internal gt LED Navigation Pene eee E o a J v Anomal efect Ez Window Win d OW PISS 10 Gb s Active Channel s Signal Structure STS 48c gt 0 Test Pattern PRBS 2 23 1 Inverted ITU 0 151 gt o OTS91T2 10 Gb s Tae H 3 Active Channel fl S Bet Channel Q F Q oo SPE VC3 Stuff Column Control Q OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s o Receiver 1 E O r Background Chann
298. unts Error Ratios LOS COD LOF Lf SEF CO FAS a OF 000De 000 B1 0 OF OF ooe TIM S a AIS L E i B2 ie r A E RDEL m 0 REL D a fF oen LED Display fan Signal Present 0000800000 0000 0000 Bit Error i he Gee ee Figure 2 49 Cumulative Measurements Display Section and Line OTS9300 User Manual Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface l System View Device Window Help le E n Aam a A on ofan Lasers Ar gt m m B fall Tests ajel Real Time Cumulative History Display C Section and Line Test Running Elapsed Time 0s LED Display fall Signal Present rx c Pah p eos 5 C Pointers LOF OTSSIR1 10 Gb s C Selected SEF Rx 1 O Fas ee m Measurement Results O m g Tims Error Errored Seconds Error Counts Error Ratios OTS91R2 10 Gb s a Reet PE 0 ORB 0 RX E B3 o f o f 0 000e 000 OTS93A1 2 5 Gb Receiver 1 i Bere D Q ASP ERDI P Payload 0 LOPP ERDI P Server 0 aa ERDI P Connectivity 0 REIP REFP 0 o f 0 000e 000 TMP TIM P UNEQP 0 Q PLMP UNEQ P o ss PLM P 0 Bit Error Lss m Bit Errors 0 0 0 000e 000 APS Meas For Help press F1 C EE Rt ee Figure 2 50 Cumulative Measurements Display Path OTS9300 User Manual 2 55 Artisan Technology Group Quality
299. user selected criteria NOTE The system requires a single numeric base 10 parameter flags are described as a bit field the user must convert from the bit field or hex to a numeric integer Flags are cumulative Sending the value of zero disables all criteria Syntax SYSTem FILEs MGMT RESUIts ENABle SYSTem FILEs MGMT RESUlts ENABle lt NR1 gt Bit Value Criteria affected 0x1 Enables 1 or disables 0 deletion based on number of files Set by the COUNt command 0x2 Enables 1 or disables 0 deletion based on total consumed space of files Set by the TOTAlsize command 0x4 Enables 1 or disables 0 deletion based on percentage of volume consumed Set by the PERcent command 0x8 Enables 1 or disables 0 deletion based on age of files delta Set by the AGE command 0x10 Enables 1 or disables 0 the revisit interval Set by the INTErval command SYSTem FILEs MGMT RESUlts INTErval This command sets the minimum amount of time the system waits between polling file deletion criteria If any deletion criteria have been met such as number of files deletion will begin If no criteria are met no deletion will take place until the next interval The query form returns the current setting NOTE Units for INTErval are usec Settings of less than 30000usec 30sec should be avoided since constant revisits consume system resources It is important to understand that this is a requested minimum interval actual intervals are b
300. valuated according to ITU T G 826 and GR 253 CORE standards CSES Consecutive Severely Errored Seconds are the count of consecutive severely errored second periods A CSES period is defined as a period of more than 2 but less than 10 consecutive SES OTS9300 User Manual 2 63 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Operating Basics User Interface APS Measurements Menu When APS Measurements is selected from the Navigation window the APS Measurements menu is displayed as shown in Figure 2 60 This menu controls setup implementation and results viewing of the APS Duration Counter test l System Yiew Device Window Help le E Al a Ija on or AN Lasers IR e m m All Tests je Signal Monitor Test Parameters Selec Test Control Condition Tested SEF ne Signal Present Analysis Test Time Limit ms 100 Q wos Switch Time Threshold ms 50 LOF SEF oO O 0T591R2 10 Gb s Heii Stat APS Test Copy Results to Clipboard e RX oo Test Results E OTS93R1 2 5 Gb s gt Receiver 1 Test Result NO DATA gt Switch Time m oo Conditions Found ii z 3 Q BitEror For Help press F1 Tnnetaoe Eio an Figure 2 60 APS Measurements menu The Automatic Protection Switching APS duration counter test verifies that the system performs APS switching in an exp
301. value for that parameter The Zoom Out In slider sets the display s time axis The limits are 1 second tick to 1 hour tick The display and the detail view scale are set accordingly The Scroll bar scrolls the display horizontally The display Time Axis may be set to show elapsed test time or time of day Elapsed test time does not accrue when a test is paused time of day continues The Cursor shown as a colored line on the display identifies a particular measurement sample It may be positioned in several ways Incrementally by moving it with the four Cursor buttons Directly by clicking the mouse in one of the data windows Directly by entering a time value in the Cursor field and clicking the Set button When the Time Axis display is set to Elapsed Time the cursor position may be entered In seconds e g 135 In hours minutes seconds e g 2 15 or 0 2 15 In days hours minutes seconds e g 3d 4h 2m 15s If the first character of the time specification is a plus or minus sign the time is taken relative to the current cursor position When the Time Axis display is set to Time of Day times are taken as time of day day specifications are relative to 0 the first day of the test Thus 1 00 PM on the day following the start of the test would be entered as 1d 13 00 00 The Live Update check box causes the data display to track new data as a test is running When it is set the cursor is automa
302. x 10 REI L MS REI 1 248 x 10 1 248 x 10 8 290 x 10 Payload Bit Periodic 1 000 x 10 Periodic 1 000 x 10 Periodic 1 000 x 10 Poisson 1 000 x 10 Poisson 1 000 x 10 Poisson 1 000 x 10 Random Bit Periodic 1 000 x 107 Periodic 1 000 x 107 Periodic 1 000 x 107 Poisson 1 000 x 10 Poisson 1 000 x 10 Poisson 1 000 x 10 REI P HP RE 4 257 x 10 4 257 x 107 4 257 x 10 Random Bit SPE only Periodic 1 000 x 10 Periodic 1 000 x 10 Periodic 1 000 x 10 Random VC Bit Poisson 1 000 x 10 Poisson 1 000 x 10 Poisson 1 000 x 10 Defect Alarm Generation LOS Output is forced to all zeros for a user selected time from 1 to 150 microseconds with a resolution of 1 microsecond or continuously LOF SEF All of the Al and A2 bytes of the output are inverted for a user selected time AIS L MS AIS The Line OH Multiplex Section OH and the entire SPE are set to all ones for a user selected time RDI L MS RDI The 110 code is set in the three least significant bits of the K2 byte for a user selected time LOP P HP LOP sets the H1 H2 pointer bytes to 63 0F for SONET and 6B 0F for SDH This equates to a pointer value of 783 which is over the maximum allowable pointer value of 782 AIS P HP AIS forces all ones into the H1 H2 H3 bytes and the entire SPE RDI P HP RDI has four different defect types The RDI P defect forces the G1 byte bits 4 1 to the fol
303. y lt SENSe TEST TIME ELAPsed OTS9300 User Manual 3 5 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Syntax Syntax This section contains information on the Standard commands for Programmable Instruments SCPI and IEEE 488 2 Common Commands that may be used to program the OTS system IEEE 488 2 Common Commands Description ANSI IEEE Standard 488 2 defines the codes formats protocols and usage of common commands and queries used on the GPIB interface between the controller and the instruments The OTS system complies with this standard Command and Query Structure The syntax of an IEEE 488 2 common command is an asterisk followed by a command and optionally a space and parameter value The syntax for an IEEE 488 2 common query is an asterisk followed by a query and a question mark The following are examples of common commands ESE 16 CLS The following are examples of common queries ESR IDN OTS9300 User Manual 3 6 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reference Remote Commands Syntax Block Format IEEE 488 block format is a means of encoding arbitrary binary data including characters that aren t valid in text strings for transmission over a GPIB link The format is most easily explained with an example This is a b

User Manual - Artisan Technology Group

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents